Big
Bang arguments
The proof of the failure of the Big Bang theory
1. There are many problems with the Big Bang theory as explanation for the moons, stars, and planets.
2. That such a large structure could form so quickly after the Big Bang calls into question some of the traditional theories of how the universe evolved, Williger said, since it is difficult to explain how gravity could pull together such an immense cluster in a relatively short time . . . . “A successful theory has to explain the extremes,” said Williger. (Discovery News Online, Gerard Williger of NOAO, 01/09/2001)
3. Using the Hubble Space Telescope astronomers detected a new galaxy bright with stars almost as old as the big bang. In the Science Daily magazine this galaxy, with redshift 7.6, was called the “strong contender for the galaxy distance record.”
According to theory, stars did not form till the end of the “dark ages” about 400,000 years after the big bang. Young galaxies emerging from the fog of particles might have had enough energy to evaporate the fog and bring the first stars to light, the article says. Still, to see a galaxy so soon after the dark ages was unexpected. An astronomer from UC Santa Cruz said, “We certainly were surprised to find such a bright young galaxy 13 billion years in the past.” The current age estimate for the whole universe is 13.7 billion years. (Feb. 13, 2008 — The NASA/ESA)
4. In the June 2001 issue of Astronomy Magazine, astrophysicist Mark Sincell lists “The Eight Greatest Mysteries of Cosmology:”
a. How multidimensional is the universe? (We don’t understand gravity.)
b. How did the universe begin? (How did an explosion produce such smoothness?)
c. Why does matter fill the universe? (There should be an equal part of antimatter[1].)
d. How did galaxies form? (“The details are devilishly difficult to understand.”)
e. What is cold dark matter3? (What is the other 95% of stuff that must be out there?)
f. Are all the baryons[2] assembled in galaxies? (Astronomers have only found a tiny fraction of what they expect.)
g. What is the dark energy? “Physicists have tried to calculate the observed dark-energy density from accepted theories of physics, but their results don’t jibe with reality. So far, the computed value is roughly 10^60 times greater than the observed value. (Others say the number could be off by a factor of up to 10^130, but let’s not quibble over the details.)”
h. What is the destiny of the universe?
Some answers are known but mostly cosmologists really don’t know very much at all.
a. For instance, inflation is still the rage, but the author says: “What drove inflation? Nobody knows. Physicists have suggested different models to describe the inflating universe, but all the solutions are mathematical conveniences with no particular physical basis.”
b. Regarding dark energy, “The biggest problem with this idea is that no one has any idea what dark energy is. ‘So far, all we’ve been able to do is name it,’ says [Michael] Turner. ‘It could be the energy associated with nothing [sic!], or the influence of hidden spatial dimensions.’”
5. The only sound and logical theory of cosmic creation, a cosmos that works perfectly like a huge Swiss watch, is intelligent design. When there is intelligent design there must have been an intelligent designer with an ability of thinking, feeling and willing. That person all men call God. He did it by emanating the atoms, somewhat similar to a Big Bang or Outflow, and controlling these atoms into their specific places in the cosmos.
The proof of the failure of the Big Bang theory
1. There are many problems with the Big Bang theory as explanation for the moons, stars, and planets.
2. That such a large structure could form so quickly after the Big Bang calls into question some of the traditional theories of how the universe evolved, Williger said, since it is difficult to explain how gravity could pull together such an immense cluster in a relatively short time . . . . “A successful theory has to explain the extremes,” said Williger. (Discovery News Online, Gerard Williger of NOAO, 01/09/2001)
3. Using the Hubble Space Telescope astronomers detected a new galaxy bright with stars almost as old as the big bang. In the Science Daily magazine this galaxy, with redshift 7.6, was called the “strong contender for the galaxy distance record.”
According to theory, stars did not form till the end of the “dark ages” about 400,000 years after the big bang. Young galaxies emerging from the fog of particles might have had enough energy to evaporate the fog and bring the first stars to light, the article says. Still, to see a galaxy so soon after the dark ages was unexpected. An astronomer from UC Santa Cruz said, “We certainly were surprised to find such a bright young galaxy 13 billion years in the past.” The current age estimate for the whole universe is 13.7 billion years. (Feb. 13, 2008 — The NASA/ESA)
4. In the June 2001 issue of Astronomy Magazine, astrophysicist Mark Sincell lists “The Eight Greatest Mysteries of Cosmology:”
a. How multidimensional is the universe? (We don’t understand gravity.)
b. How did the universe begin? (How did an explosion produce such smoothness?)
c. Why does matter fill the universe? (There should be an equal part of antimatter[1].)
d. How did galaxies form? (“The details are devilishly difficult to understand.”)
e. What is cold dark matter3? (What is the other 95% of stuff that must be out there?)
f. Are all the baryons[2] assembled in galaxies? (Astronomers have only found a tiny fraction of what they expect.)
g. What is the dark energy? “Physicists have tried to calculate the observed dark-energy density from accepted theories of physics, but their results don’t jibe with reality. So far, the computed value is roughly 10^60 times greater than the observed value. (Others say the number could be off by a factor of up to 10^130, but let’s not quibble over the details.)”
h. What is the destiny of the universe?
Some answers are known but mostly cosmologists really don’t know very much at all.
a. For instance, inflation is still the rage, but the author says: “What drove inflation? Nobody knows. Physicists have suggested different models to describe the inflating universe, but all the solutions are mathematical conveniences with no particular physical basis.”
b. Regarding dark energy, “The biggest problem with this idea is that no one has any idea what dark energy is. ‘So far, all we’ve been able to do is name it,’ says [Michael] Turner. ‘It could be the energy associated with nothing [sic!], or the influence of hidden spatial dimensions.’”
5. The only sound and logical theory of cosmic creation, a cosmos that works perfectly like a huge Swiss watch, is intelligent design. When there is intelligent design there must have been an intelligent designer with an ability of thinking, feeling and willing. That person all men call God. He did it by emanating the atoms, somewhat similar to a Big Bang or Outflow, and controlling these atoms into their specific places in the cosmos.
6.
Just as an engineer is rather at home or on holiday then in his office,
similarly God transcendent is at home in heaven and God immanent is on duty
creating or evolving the cosmic prison house or the material world for us,
spirit souls.
7.
God exists.
NOTE:
1. Antimatter is material composed of antiparticles, which have the same mass as particles of ordinary matter but have opposite charge.
2. A baryon is a composite subatomic particle made up of three quarks (as distinct from mesons, which comprise one quark and one antiquark).
3. Cold dark matter (or CDM) is a hypothetical form of matter that interacts very weakly with electromagnetic radiation (dark) and most of whose particles move slowly compared to the speed of light (cold). It is believed that approximately 80% of matter in the Universe is dark matter, with only a small fraction being the ordinary "baryonic" matter that composes stars and planets.
The argument of the problems of the Big Bang theory
1 a. In the beginning there was nothing. Then out of nothing appeared matter. “Nothing” in the Big Bang theory does not refer to an absolute nothingness. As seen in the Casimir effect, the so-called empty space is filled to the brim with energy. ”Nothing” means nothing to activate it. Or, “Nothing” means nothing of our material experience.
1b. Problem - The Law of Conservation of Mass-Energy says, matter cannot be created, nor destroyed, only converted from one state to another. But there was no known converter. God has nothing material in Him.
1c. This law is in agreement with the description of the Vedas on the creation of the universe, namely the transformation of more subtle material elements (unknown to gross material instruments, and also ultimately moved by God) to gross elements.
1d. Thus, no transformation of matter can take place without an non-gross-material cause.
2a. Nothing decided to pack itself into a tiny dense dot.
2b. Problem - What was the mechanism that packed nothing into a dense dot? Gravity only works on matter. And gravity came later, after the Bang, into existence. Also, when we talk about nothingness, we can't talk about density, for total volume is opposite of total density.
2c. Solution - let's guess that gravity formed in that first split of a second perfectly, to pull it all together.
2d. Problem - the unanswered question then is: “what caused the gravity? Gravity is an energy or function and its existence implies the existence of its source or controller, the energetic. That energetic also has to be conscious of the purpose for what to use the energy of gravity.
2e. Solution – let’s assume it was a random quantum fluctuation that caused gravity.
3a. Problem – The Big Bang is a prediction from the general theory of relativity but it does not take quantum mechanics into consideration. Modern physics has no quantum gravity theory, which is needed to describe the tiny dense dot.
3b. Solution – let's assume physicists will solve the quantum gravity theory sometime in the future.
4a. The tiny dot exploded.
4b. Problem - there could only be two types of explosions, chemical and nuclear. This explosion could not have been chemical, since there were no chemicals yet. It couldn't have been nuclear either, since there were no atoms yet.
4c. Solution - let's assume the dot was able to explode.
5a. Matter expanded rapidly.
5b. Problem - what mechanism would expand it? If gravity formed perfectly in step 2 to condense vacuum, that same gravity would prevent the dot from expanding.
5c. Solution - let's assume there was some sort of a mechanism to send that matter flying outward.
6a. Intense heat caused by the explosion produced protons, neutrons, and electrons.
6b. Problem - there could be no heat without an energy source.
6c. Solution - let's assume there was some mysterious source of heat.
7a. The explosion followed extremely precise mathematical formulas.
7b. Problem - Explosions follow no formulas, they can only follow chaos. For example, if the universe expanded only 0.1% faster, the present rate of expansion would have been 3000 times greater, and not made our solar system. Had the universe expanded only 0.1% slower, the universe would have only expanded to 3,000,000th of its present radius, and then collapsed.
c. Solution - let's assume somehow it happened rightly.
8. Gas clouds begin to condense to form stars.
9a. The Big Bang only produced hydrogen and helium, other elements were produced from those two.
9b. Problem - there's a "gap at mass 5 and mass 8 problem". There are no stable atoms of mass 5 or mass 8. Neither proton, nor neutron can be attached to a helium nucleus of mass 4. Hydrogen bomb explosions can only produce hydrogen 2, which in turn forms helium 4. Because of that gap at mass 5, the chain reaction cannot continue. The same gap is repeated at mass 8.
9c. Solution - let's assume the other elements did get produced.
10a. First generation stars, composed of hydrogen and helium, explode to produce stars with heavier elements.
10b. Problem - no first generation stars have been found. Plus, even over 15 billion years, there would be not enough time to produce all the stars we have today. Supernova explosions that should have produced new heavier stars occur only once or twice in a century. There are trillions of stars in the universe, which are second and third generation stars (exploded one or two times). They would need trillions of centuries to form. Couldn't they have exploded at a faster rate before? Not according to what we observe. Stars at the outer edges of the universe are, theoretically, snapshots of the beginning of time, and yet, we don't see more explosions when looking at the outer edges of the universe.
10c. Solution - let's assume heavier stars did form somehow.
11a. Intricate structures of solar systems, galaxies, clusters, and super-clusters, are formed.
11b. Problem - How could all the forces in the universe get fine-tuned by themselves to create a universe that works like clock-work?
11c. Solution - let's imagine this still happened.
12. The Big Bang theory is not a bonafide scientific theory. The universe is intelligently designed.
14. God, the Big Mind and Intelligence behind the creation of the universe, is the only plausible explanation.
15. God exists.
The arguments of Big Bang theory
A:
1. By the early 1980s these problems threatened the foundations of modern cosmology.
2a. The horizon problem stated that it was highly improbable to get a uniform universe during an expansion when different sectors had no way to be in thermal equilibrium.
2b. The inflation theory rescued the big bang: it smoothed out those temperature differences by expanding them to astronomical scales.
3a. The flatness problem stated that it was highly improbable to get a universe finely balanced (flat) between the extremes of positive and negative curvature.
3b. The inflation theory diluted any initial curvature by spreading it out to hyper-astronomical dimensions, so that our local region (the “observable universe”) appears flat, like a bacterium on a large beach ball might think it is living on a flat surface.
4a. The lumpiness problem stated that it is highly improbable to expect an explosion of a sea of particles to condense into stars and galaxies.
4b. However, the inflation theory generated matter out of vacuum energy that leftover temperature fluctuations in the “comic microwave background” were able to condense into lumps – the seeds of the first galaxies.
5. To accept the inflation theory to these problems one has to believe that something can come from nothing, and that the something would undergo a one-time, somehow expansion from the size a tennis ball to the size of the whole universe, 26 orders of magnitude, in about a trillion trillionth of a second.
6. God created the universe. That uncreated mover all men call God.
7. God exists.
B:
1. The Alternative Cosmology Group (ACG) was initiated with the Open Letter on Cosmology written to the scientific community and published in New Scientist, May 22, 2004. The text of the letter is as follows:
2. "The big bang today relies on a growing number of hypothetical entities, things that we have never observed -- inflation, dark matter and dark energy are the most prominent examples. Without them, there would be a fatal contradiction between the observations made by astronomers and the predictions of the big bang theory. In no other field of physics would this continual recourse to new hypothetical objects be accepted as a way of bridging the gap between theory and observation. It would, at the least, raise serious questions about the validity of the underlying theory.
3. But the big bang theory can't survive without these fudge factors. Without the hypothetical inflation field, the big bang does not predict the smooth, isotropic cosmic background radiation that is observed, because there would be no way for parts of the universe that are now more than a few degrees away in the sky to come to the same temperature and thus emit the same amount of microwave radiation.
4. Without some kind of dark matter, unlike any that we have observed on Earth despite 20 years of experiments, big-bang theory makes contradictory predictions for the density of matter in the universe. Inflation requires a density 20 times larger than that implied by big bang nucleosynthesis, the theory's explanation of the origin of the light elements. And without dark energy, the theory predicts that the universe is only about 8 billion years old, which is billions of years younger than the age of many stars in our galaxy.
5. What is more, the big bang theory can boast of no quantitative predictions that have subsequently been validated by observation. The successes claimed by the theory's supporters consist of its ability to retrospectively fit observations with a steadily increasing array of adjustable parameters, just as the old Earth-centered cosmology of Ptolemy needed layer upon layer of epicycles.
5a. God Immanent did all the magic; adjusting, energizing and engineering while emanating all the multiverses out of His pores.
5b. God Transcendent is in heaven, regularly creating the material world, to function as a prison house for those who, like Adam and Eve, were and will become disobedient to God.
6. God exists, heaven exists.
The argument of the Flatness Problem
1. The expansion rate of the universe appears to be very finely balanced with the force of gravity; this condition is known as flat.
2. If the universe were the accidental by-product of a big bang, it is difficult to imagine how such a fantastic coincidence could occur. Big-bang cosmology cannot explain why the matter density in the universe isn’t greater, causing it to collapse upon itself (closed universe), or less, causing the universe to rapidly fly apart (open universe).
3. Since any deviation from perfect flatness tends to increase as time moves forward, it logically follows that the universe must have been even more precisely balanced in the past than it is today. Thus, at the moment of the big bang, the universe would have been virtually flat to an extremely high precision. This must have been the case (assuming the big bang), despite the fact that the laws of physics allow for an infinite range of values. This is a coincidence that stretches credulity to the breaking point.
4. Balance however testifies for one who created a balance to fine-tune the universe for life. Such a great task could have been done only by God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the “lumpiness problem”
1. Astronomers have found a mind-bogglingly large structure — so big it takes light 10 billion years to traverse — in a distant part of the universe.
The discovery poses a conundrum to a fundamental tenet of modern cosmology, which posits that matter should appear to be distributed uniformly if viewed at a large enough scale.[1]
NOTE: After accounting for potential survey biases -- such as NASA's Swift telescope and other gamma ray trackers looking more often in one part of the sky or another -- scientists found a region roughly 10 billion light-years away in the direction of the constellations Hercules and Corona Borealis that had a disproportionate number of gamma ray bursts.
2. The newly found structure is more than double the size of the previous record-holder, a cluster of 73 quasars referred to as the Huge-LQG, or Large Quasar Group, which spans 4 billion light-years. It is six times larger than the 1.4-billion-light year diameter Sloan Great Wall.
NOTE: Light travels at about 671 million miles per hour, or about 6 trillion miles per year.
3. This is the “lumpiness problem” of big bang cosmology: how do you get lumpy objects from a smooth beginning? It was hard enough to explain relatively small lumps, like galaxies, or clusters of galaxies. Now, such an immense structure compounds the lumpiness problem by many orders of magnitude. The new structure is inferred from the distribution of gamma ray bursts.
4. Istvan Horvath of the National University of Public Service in Budapest, Hungary says: “For now I have ‘no idea’ how something that big could have evolved.”
5. Whether it evolved quickly or slowly the forces or energies for developing something that big must have been designed or created by the greatest brain that has thinking, feeling and willing. This is the description of God’s activity.
6. God exists.
Reference:
1. News: space.com/23754-universe-largest-structure-cosmic-conundrum.html
The argument of the “flatness problem”
1. There are a couple of problems with the standard Big Bang model. The first is called the flatness problem---why is the universe density so nearly at the critical density or put another way, why is the universe so flat? Currently, the universe is so well-balanced between the positively-curved closed universe and the negatively-curved open universe that astronomers have a hard time figuring out which model to choose. Of all the possibilities from very positively-curved (very high density) to very negatively-curved (very low density), the current nearly flat condition is definitely a special case. The balance would need to have been even finer nearer the time of the Big Bang because any deviation from perfect balance gets magnified over time. For example, if the universe density was slightly greater than the critical density a billion years after the Big Bang, the universe would have re-collapsed by now.
2. Consider the analogy of the difficulty of shooting an arrow at a small target from a distance away. If your angle of shooting is a little off, the arrow misses the target. The permitted range of deviation from the true direction gets narrower and narrower as you move farther and farther away from the target. The earlier in time the universe's curvature became fixed, the more finely tuned the density must have been to make the universe's current density be so near the critical density. If the curvature of the universe was just a few percent off from perfect flatness within a few seconds after the Big Bang, the universe would have either re-collapsed before fusion ever began or the universe would expanded so much that it would seem to be devoid of matter. It appears that the density/curvature was very finely tuned.
3. Perfect balance and fine tuning always happens under control and control is an ability of a person.
4. Only God could balance and fine tune the creation and maintenance of such a big body like the universe.
5. God exists.
The argument of the inflation theory
1. Alan Guth invented the inflationary big bang to explain away the flatness and horizon problems, which indeed suggest the universe is a "put up job."
2. In 1981 he claimed that the universe doubled in size a hundred times in a trillionth of a second, going from the size of a marble to “outta sight” in less than the blink of an eye namely at around 1000 times the speed of light in a process called inflation.
3. In fact Andrei Linde speculated Guth understated the inflation speed by a factor of 10^1,000,000.
4. Overbye has reported that, Guth and another MIT professor, Ed Fahri, found that, “If you could compress 25 pounds of matter into 10^-24 centimeters, making a mass 10^75 times the density of water…a bubble of false vacuum, or what Guth called a ‘child universe’ would be formed. From outside it would look like a black hole. From the inside it would look like an inflating universe.” (page 229, Bye Bye Big Bang, Hello Reality by William C. Mitchell)
5. The original theory of the 80s agrees well with observations. However, the theory has been developed over time to take into account quantum effects and this more advanced version of the theory predicts that one is more likely to end up in regions of space which do not look like ours. So rather than explaining flat space and so on, it transpires that the theory predicts pretty much any kind of outcome and so doesn't explain the appearance of our region of space at all - unless it is argued that we happen to live in a region that inflated by just the right amount to give rise to flat space etc, but then you could argue that without inflation!
6. Now it is well known that highly improbable conditions are required to start inflation. Worse, inflation goes on eternally, producing infinitely many outcomes, so the theory makes no firm observational predictions.
7. Thus, some of the inflation theory’s creators including the author, are having second thoughts. As the original theory has developed, cracks have appeared in its logical foundations.
8. Even these few things are enough to see that the best explanation for the fine tuning and balance in the universe is intelligent design by the greatest designer all men call God.
9. God exists.
The argument of the instant galaxies
1. The z8_GND_5296 farthest and oldest galaxy yet (700 million years after the Big Bang in the material cosmological view, or redshift 7.51) was already fully mature, creating stars hundreds of times faster than the Milky Way does and is “richer in heavy elements” than expected – requiring multiple generations of stars to have formed, aged, and exploded. This “exceptional” galaxy so near the beginning requires cosmologists to invent special conditions that are not acting or known today.
2. The BBC News echoed the discovery: “there are already quite surprisingly evolved galaxies in the very early Universe.”
3. Fully evolved galaxies in the very early universe exist because of creating powers which can belong only to a person who knows what laws are needed to create and maintain the complex clock like structures of galaxies. Such a great task can be done only by God.
4. God exists.
References:
1. Nature magazine: Light from farthest galaxy yet discovered breaks through cosmic fog, 23 October 2013
2. http://news.sciencemag.org, ScienceShot: The Universe's Farthest Galaxy … So Far, 23 October 2013
The argument of the early maturity of galaxies
1. A new Hubble survey “found that the assorted range of galaxy types seen today were also present about 11 billion years ago, meaning that the types of galaxies seen today, which astronomers described as a ‘cosmic zoo,’ have been around for at least 80 percent of the universe’s lifespan.” The survey pushes back the early maturity of galaxies from 8 billion years to 11.5 billion.
“This is the only comprehensive study to date of the visual appearance of the large, massive galaxies that existed so far back in time,” co-author Arjen van der Wel of the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy in Heidelberg, Germany said in a statement. “The galaxies look remarkably mature, which is not predicted by galaxy formation models to be the case that early on in the history of the universe.” (September 13, 2013)
2. The sudden appearance of various groups of galaxies already in mature states is like the Cambrian explosion in the fossil record (The Cambrian period began 570 million years ago and the Cambrian Explosion occurred about 540 million years ago over 2-3 million years or less. At the time of the Cambrian Explosion, nearly every animal phyla (=the major taxonomic group of animals and plants) on Earth (more than 70) suddenly appeared).
3. This discovery falsifies the materialistic scientist’s cosmic evolution theory and proves intelligent design by a great designer who can create the complex structures of galaxies in an instant. This great designer can be only God.
4. God exists.
The argument that the universe is not eternal
NOTE:
1. Antimatter is material composed of antiparticles, which have the same mass as particles of ordinary matter but have opposite charge.
2. A baryon is a composite subatomic particle made up of three quarks (as distinct from mesons, which comprise one quark and one antiquark).
3. Cold dark matter (or CDM) is a hypothetical form of matter that interacts very weakly with electromagnetic radiation (dark) and most of whose particles move slowly compared to the speed of light (cold). It is believed that approximately 80% of matter in the Universe is dark matter, with only a small fraction being the ordinary "baryonic" matter that composes stars and planets.
The argument of the problems of the Big Bang theory
1 a. In the beginning there was nothing. Then out of nothing appeared matter. “Nothing” in the Big Bang theory does not refer to an absolute nothingness. As seen in the Casimir effect, the so-called empty space is filled to the brim with energy. ”Nothing” means nothing to activate it. Or, “Nothing” means nothing of our material experience.
1b. Problem - The Law of Conservation of Mass-Energy says, matter cannot be created, nor destroyed, only converted from one state to another. But there was no known converter. God has nothing material in Him.
1c. This law is in agreement with the description of the Vedas on the creation of the universe, namely the transformation of more subtle material elements (unknown to gross material instruments, and also ultimately moved by God) to gross elements.
1d. Thus, no transformation of matter can take place without an non-gross-material cause.
2a. Nothing decided to pack itself into a tiny dense dot.
2b. Problem - What was the mechanism that packed nothing into a dense dot? Gravity only works on matter. And gravity came later, after the Bang, into existence. Also, when we talk about nothingness, we can't talk about density, for total volume is opposite of total density.
2c. Solution - let's guess that gravity formed in that first split of a second perfectly, to pull it all together.
2d. Problem - the unanswered question then is: “what caused the gravity? Gravity is an energy or function and its existence implies the existence of its source or controller, the energetic. That energetic also has to be conscious of the purpose for what to use the energy of gravity.
2e. Solution – let’s assume it was a random quantum fluctuation that caused gravity.
3a. Problem – The Big Bang is a prediction from the general theory of relativity but it does not take quantum mechanics into consideration. Modern physics has no quantum gravity theory, which is needed to describe the tiny dense dot.
3b. Solution – let's assume physicists will solve the quantum gravity theory sometime in the future.
4a. The tiny dot exploded.
4b. Problem - there could only be two types of explosions, chemical and nuclear. This explosion could not have been chemical, since there were no chemicals yet. It couldn't have been nuclear either, since there were no atoms yet.
4c. Solution - let's assume the dot was able to explode.
5a. Matter expanded rapidly.
5b. Problem - what mechanism would expand it? If gravity formed perfectly in step 2 to condense vacuum, that same gravity would prevent the dot from expanding.
5c. Solution - let's assume there was some sort of a mechanism to send that matter flying outward.
6a. Intense heat caused by the explosion produced protons, neutrons, and electrons.
6b. Problem - there could be no heat without an energy source.
6c. Solution - let's assume there was some mysterious source of heat.
7a. The explosion followed extremely precise mathematical formulas.
7b. Problem - Explosions follow no formulas, they can only follow chaos. For example, if the universe expanded only 0.1% faster, the present rate of expansion would have been 3000 times greater, and not made our solar system. Had the universe expanded only 0.1% slower, the universe would have only expanded to 3,000,000th of its present radius, and then collapsed.
c. Solution - let's assume somehow it happened rightly.
8. Gas clouds begin to condense to form stars.
9a. The Big Bang only produced hydrogen and helium, other elements were produced from those two.
9b. Problem - there's a "gap at mass 5 and mass 8 problem". There are no stable atoms of mass 5 or mass 8. Neither proton, nor neutron can be attached to a helium nucleus of mass 4. Hydrogen bomb explosions can only produce hydrogen 2, which in turn forms helium 4. Because of that gap at mass 5, the chain reaction cannot continue. The same gap is repeated at mass 8.
9c. Solution - let's assume the other elements did get produced.
10a. First generation stars, composed of hydrogen and helium, explode to produce stars with heavier elements.
10b. Problem - no first generation stars have been found. Plus, even over 15 billion years, there would be not enough time to produce all the stars we have today. Supernova explosions that should have produced new heavier stars occur only once or twice in a century. There are trillions of stars in the universe, which are second and third generation stars (exploded one or two times). They would need trillions of centuries to form. Couldn't they have exploded at a faster rate before? Not according to what we observe. Stars at the outer edges of the universe are, theoretically, snapshots of the beginning of time, and yet, we don't see more explosions when looking at the outer edges of the universe.
10c. Solution - let's assume heavier stars did form somehow.
11a. Intricate structures of solar systems, galaxies, clusters, and super-clusters, are formed.
11b. Problem - How could all the forces in the universe get fine-tuned by themselves to create a universe that works like clock-work?
11c. Solution - let's imagine this still happened.
12. The Big Bang theory is not a bonafide scientific theory. The universe is intelligently designed.
14. God, the Big Mind and Intelligence behind the creation of the universe, is the only plausible explanation.
15. God exists.
The arguments of Big Bang theory
A:
1. By the early 1980s these problems threatened the foundations of modern cosmology.
2a. The horizon problem stated that it was highly improbable to get a uniform universe during an expansion when different sectors had no way to be in thermal equilibrium.
2b. The inflation theory rescued the big bang: it smoothed out those temperature differences by expanding them to astronomical scales.
3a. The flatness problem stated that it was highly improbable to get a universe finely balanced (flat) between the extremes of positive and negative curvature.
3b. The inflation theory diluted any initial curvature by spreading it out to hyper-astronomical dimensions, so that our local region (the “observable universe”) appears flat, like a bacterium on a large beach ball might think it is living on a flat surface.
4a. The lumpiness problem stated that it is highly improbable to expect an explosion of a sea of particles to condense into stars and galaxies.
4b. However, the inflation theory generated matter out of vacuum energy that leftover temperature fluctuations in the “comic microwave background” were able to condense into lumps – the seeds of the first galaxies.
5. To accept the inflation theory to these problems one has to believe that something can come from nothing, and that the something would undergo a one-time, somehow expansion from the size a tennis ball to the size of the whole universe, 26 orders of magnitude, in about a trillion trillionth of a second.
6. God created the universe. That uncreated mover all men call God.
7. God exists.
B:
1. The Alternative Cosmology Group (ACG) was initiated with the Open Letter on Cosmology written to the scientific community and published in New Scientist, May 22, 2004. The text of the letter is as follows:
2. "The big bang today relies on a growing number of hypothetical entities, things that we have never observed -- inflation, dark matter and dark energy are the most prominent examples. Without them, there would be a fatal contradiction between the observations made by astronomers and the predictions of the big bang theory. In no other field of physics would this continual recourse to new hypothetical objects be accepted as a way of bridging the gap between theory and observation. It would, at the least, raise serious questions about the validity of the underlying theory.
3. But the big bang theory can't survive without these fudge factors. Without the hypothetical inflation field, the big bang does not predict the smooth, isotropic cosmic background radiation that is observed, because there would be no way for parts of the universe that are now more than a few degrees away in the sky to come to the same temperature and thus emit the same amount of microwave radiation.
4. Without some kind of dark matter, unlike any that we have observed on Earth despite 20 years of experiments, big-bang theory makes contradictory predictions for the density of matter in the universe. Inflation requires a density 20 times larger than that implied by big bang nucleosynthesis, the theory's explanation of the origin of the light elements. And without dark energy, the theory predicts that the universe is only about 8 billion years old, which is billions of years younger than the age of many stars in our galaxy.
5. What is more, the big bang theory can boast of no quantitative predictions that have subsequently been validated by observation. The successes claimed by the theory's supporters consist of its ability to retrospectively fit observations with a steadily increasing array of adjustable parameters, just as the old Earth-centered cosmology of Ptolemy needed layer upon layer of epicycles.
5a. God Immanent did all the magic; adjusting, energizing and engineering while emanating all the multiverses out of His pores.
5b. God Transcendent is in heaven, regularly creating the material world, to function as a prison house for those who, like Adam and Eve, were and will become disobedient to God.
6. God exists, heaven exists.
The argument of the Flatness Problem
1. The expansion rate of the universe appears to be very finely balanced with the force of gravity; this condition is known as flat.
2. If the universe were the accidental by-product of a big bang, it is difficult to imagine how such a fantastic coincidence could occur. Big-bang cosmology cannot explain why the matter density in the universe isn’t greater, causing it to collapse upon itself (closed universe), or less, causing the universe to rapidly fly apart (open universe).
3. Since any deviation from perfect flatness tends to increase as time moves forward, it logically follows that the universe must have been even more precisely balanced in the past than it is today. Thus, at the moment of the big bang, the universe would have been virtually flat to an extremely high precision. This must have been the case (assuming the big bang), despite the fact that the laws of physics allow for an infinite range of values. This is a coincidence that stretches credulity to the breaking point.
4. Balance however testifies for one who created a balance to fine-tune the universe for life. Such a great task could have been done only by God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the “lumpiness problem”
1. Astronomers have found a mind-bogglingly large structure — so big it takes light 10 billion years to traverse — in a distant part of the universe.
The discovery poses a conundrum to a fundamental tenet of modern cosmology, which posits that matter should appear to be distributed uniformly if viewed at a large enough scale.[1]
NOTE: After accounting for potential survey biases -- such as NASA's Swift telescope and other gamma ray trackers looking more often in one part of the sky or another -- scientists found a region roughly 10 billion light-years away in the direction of the constellations Hercules and Corona Borealis that had a disproportionate number of gamma ray bursts.
2. The newly found structure is more than double the size of the previous record-holder, a cluster of 73 quasars referred to as the Huge-LQG, or Large Quasar Group, which spans 4 billion light-years. It is six times larger than the 1.4-billion-light year diameter Sloan Great Wall.
NOTE: Light travels at about 671 million miles per hour, or about 6 trillion miles per year.
3. This is the “lumpiness problem” of big bang cosmology: how do you get lumpy objects from a smooth beginning? It was hard enough to explain relatively small lumps, like galaxies, or clusters of galaxies. Now, such an immense structure compounds the lumpiness problem by many orders of magnitude. The new structure is inferred from the distribution of gamma ray bursts.
4. Istvan Horvath of the National University of Public Service in Budapest, Hungary says: “For now I have ‘no idea’ how something that big could have evolved.”
5. Whether it evolved quickly or slowly the forces or energies for developing something that big must have been designed or created by the greatest brain that has thinking, feeling and willing. This is the description of God’s activity.
6. God exists.
Reference:
1. News: space.com/23754-universe-largest-structure-cosmic-conundrum.html
The argument of the “flatness problem”
1. There are a couple of problems with the standard Big Bang model. The first is called the flatness problem---why is the universe density so nearly at the critical density or put another way, why is the universe so flat? Currently, the universe is so well-balanced between the positively-curved closed universe and the negatively-curved open universe that astronomers have a hard time figuring out which model to choose. Of all the possibilities from very positively-curved (very high density) to very negatively-curved (very low density), the current nearly flat condition is definitely a special case. The balance would need to have been even finer nearer the time of the Big Bang because any deviation from perfect balance gets magnified over time. For example, if the universe density was slightly greater than the critical density a billion years after the Big Bang, the universe would have re-collapsed by now.
2. Consider the analogy of the difficulty of shooting an arrow at a small target from a distance away. If your angle of shooting is a little off, the arrow misses the target. The permitted range of deviation from the true direction gets narrower and narrower as you move farther and farther away from the target. The earlier in time the universe's curvature became fixed, the more finely tuned the density must have been to make the universe's current density be so near the critical density. If the curvature of the universe was just a few percent off from perfect flatness within a few seconds after the Big Bang, the universe would have either re-collapsed before fusion ever began or the universe would expanded so much that it would seem to be devoid of matter. It appears that the density/curvature was very finely tuned.
3. Perfect balance and fine tuning always happens under control and control is an ability of a person.
4. Only God could balance and fine tune the creation and maintenance of such a big body like the universe.
5. God exists.
The argument of the inflation theory
1. Alan Guth invented the inflationary big bang to explain away the flatness and horizon problems, which indeed suggest the universe is a "put up job."
2. In 1981 he claimed that the universe doubled in size a hundred times in a trillionth of a second, going from the size of a marble to “outta sight” in less than the blink of an eye namely at around 1000 times the speed of light in a process called inflation.
3. In fact Andrei Linde speculated Guth understated the inflation speed by a factor of 10^1,000,000.
4. Overbye has reported that, Guth and another MIT professor, Ed Fahri, found that, “If you could compress 25 pounds of matter into 10^-24 centimeters, making a mass 10^75 times the density of water…a bubble of false vacuum, or what Guth called a ‘child universe’ would be formed. From outside it would look like a black hole. From the inside it would look like an inflating universe.” (page 229, Bye Bye Big Bang, Hello Reality by William C. Mitchell)
5. The original theory of the 80s agrees well with observations. However, the theory has been developed over time to take into account quantum effects and this more advanced version of the theory predicts that one is more likely to end up in regions of space which do not look like ours. So rather than explaining flat space and so on, it transpires that the theory predicts pretty much any kind of outcome and so doesn't explain the appearance of our region of space at all - unless it is argued that we happen to live in a region that inflated by just the right amount to give rise to flat space etc, but then you could argue that without inflation!
6. Now it is well known that highly improbable conditions are required to start inflation. Worse, inflation goes on eternally, producing infinitely many outcomes, so the theory makes no firm observational predictions.
7. Thus, some of the inflation theory’s creators including the author, are having second thoughts. As the original theory has developed, cracks have appeared in its logical foundations.
8. Even these few things are enough to see that the best explanation for the fine tuning and balance in the universe is intelligent design by the greatest designer all men call God.
9. God exists.
The argument of the instant galaxies
1. The z8_GND_5296 farthest and oldest galaxy yet (700 million years after the Big Bang in the material cosmological view, or redshift 7.51) was already fully mature, creating stars hundreds of times faster than the Milky Way does and is “richer in heavy elements” than expected – requiring multiple generations of stars to have formed, aged, and exploded. This “exceptional” galaxy so near the beginning requires cosmologists to invent special conditions that are not acting or known today.
2. The BBC News echoed the discovery: “there are already quite surprisingly evolved galaxies in the very early Universe.”
3. Fully evolved galaxies in the very early universe exist because of creating powers which can belong only to a person who knows what laws are needed to create and maintain the complex clock like structures of galaxies. Such a great task can be done only by God.
4. God exists.
References:
1. Nature magazine: Light from farthest galaxy yet discovered breaks through cosmic fog, 23 October 2013
2. http://news.sciencemag.org, ScienceShot: The Universe's Farthest Galaxy … So Far, 23 October 2013
The argument of the early maturity of galaxies
1. A new Hubble survey “found that the assorted range of galaxy types seen today were also present about 11 billion years ago, meaning that the types of galaxies seen today, which astronomers described as a ‘cosmic zoo,’ have been around for at least 80 percent of the universe’s lifespan.” The survey pushes back the early maturity of galaxies from 8 billion years to 11.5 billion.
“This is the only comprehensive study to date of the visual appearance of the large, massive galaxies that existed so far back in time,” co-author Arjen van der Wel of the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy in Heidelberg, Germany said in a statement. “The galaxies look remarkably mature, which is not predicted by galaxy formation models to be the case that early on in the history of the universe.” (September 13, 2013)
2. The sudden appearance of various groups of galaxies already in mature states is like the Cambrian explosion in the fossil record (The Cambrian period began 570 million years ago and the Cambrian Explosion occurred about 540 million years ago over 2-3 million years or less. At the time of the Cambrian Explosion, nearly every animal phyla (=the major taxonomic group of animals and plants) on Earth (more than 70) suddenly appeared).
3. This discovery falsifies the materialistic scientist’s cosmic evolution theory and proves intelligent design by a great designer who can create the complex structures of galaxies in an instant. This great designer can be only God.
4. God exists.
The argument that the universe is not eternal
(from
a discussion between William Lane Craig and cosmologist Sean Carroll on the
beginning of the universe and the Kalam Cosmological Argument)
1. Carroll pointed out that the Borde Guth Vilenkin (or BVG) theorem that the universe had a beginning only works within relativity but does not take quantum effects into account. Given a lack of a complete theory of quantum gravity, he argued that Craig can not claim that the universe began to exist.
2. This is partly true. One thing known for certain about quantum gravity is something called the holographic principle. Precisely put, the holographic principle tells us that the entropy of a region of space (measured in terms of information) is directly proportional to a quarter or any amount (1/2 complete) of its surface area or any related measurement (radius, diameter). The volume of this region is then actually a hologram of this information on its surface.
3. Another thing that it tells us is that the entropy, or the amount of disorder present, always increases with time. In fact, not only is this law inviolate, it is also how the flow of time is defined. Without entropy or disorder, destruction i.o.w change, there is no way to discern forwards and backwards in time.
4. However, if the holographic principle links the universe’s entropy and its horizon area then going back in time, all of space-time eventually vanishes to nothing at zero entropy, at the beginning of the creation. Thus Carroll’s argument is unsound.
5. The universe is not eternal but created.
6. By the way this also undermines claims made by atheists like Hawking and Krauss that the universe could have fluctuated into existence from nothing. Their argument rests on the assumption that there was a pre-existent zero-point field or ZPF. The only trouble is that the physics of a ZPF requires a space-time to exist in. No space-time means no zero-point field, and without a zero-point field, the universe can not spontaneously fluctuate into existence.
7. One other point of Carroll’s was his view that regardless of the physics discovered, the sort of supernatural explanation Craig gave could no longer be considered valid. Carroll, being a physicist, naturally believes that whatever the final answer is it will come in physical terms. After all it is not every day that scientists speak of God or supernatural agents. Instead they expect explanations to come in material terms with equations.
8. But Carroll may be ruling something out too quickly. A holographic universe entails a world made of information. And information requires a mind to know it. Information never just floats, information is of a mind, who knows it.
9. “All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force…We must assume behind this force the existence of a conscious and intelligent Mind. This Mind is a matrix of all matter.” – Max Planck
10. God exists.
The argument of parallels of Vedic wisdom and the ideas of Nassim Haramein
(INTRO: Kilauea, Hawaii (May 7, 2013) - A groundbreaking paper published last week sheds new light on the theory of gravity and the potential to significantly impact global issues facing the human race, including alternative energy sources.)
1. Nassim Haramein, Director of Research at the Hawaii Institute for Unified Physics (HIUP), has authored a paper titled “Quantum Gravity and the Holographic Mass,” which has been validated and published in the peer review journal, Physical Review and Research International. This paper discusses Haramein’s “Connected Universe” theory, which offers a new and alternative understanding of gravity through basic algebraic and geometric equations.
1a. Algebraic and geometric equations perfectly proof intelligent design.
2. Haramein’s work indicates everything in the universe is connected, from the largest to the smallest scale, through a unified understanding of gravity. He demonstrates that it is the space that defines matter and not matter that defines space.
2a. The Vedic understanding is similar to Haramein’s; everything in the universe is connected but the Vedas also say how; through Brahman, all pervading spiritual energy or atoms and the Supersoul, God immanent or Paramatma, who is within and without every atom. The Paramatma controls the spiritual and material atoms, and manifests or withdraws the qualities or energy or waves of these atoms, as one can dim or increase light. Both Brahman and Paramatma are emanations and features of God, Bhagavan or Krishna, who is in param-nirvana, transcendence, heaven, beyond matter.
3. Haramein claims that “matter is made up of 99.9 percent space.”
3a. At the time of creation, according to the Vedic descriptions, all is space. From 10% of space, by the control of the Paramatma, air, prana or vayu is created. This air is the atoms of space or ether, but without the sabda, vibration quality of ether. The element air means all the gaseous or airy elements.
From 10% of the airy elements, the element fire is created. They can explode, give of light or burn. From 10% of the fiery elements and due to the presence of Paramatma, water is created. This water includes all the liquid elements we find in nature. From 10% of the watery elements, earth is created. Earth means all the solid types of the elements. Thus we can see that of all the elements in the universe the element of space is the greatest. And all other elements are a transformation of space or ether atoms. And space is all pervading throughout all the elements as the fifth dimension. Dimension 1 to 4 being the solid, fluid, luminous, gaseous. Haramein says matter is made up of 99.9 percent space. The Vedas say 90% ether, and the other 10 % is also ether but as a transformation of ether.
All the transformations of energies are according to the laws of thermodynamics. The material atoms are put into motion or transforming by the powers of the Paramatma.
4. Nassim continues: “Quantum field theory states that the structure of space-time itself, at the extremely small level, vibrates with tremendous intensity. If we were to extract even a small percentage of all the energy held within the vibrations present in the space inside your little finger, it would represent enough energy to supply the world’s needs for hundreds of years. This new discovery has the potential to open up access and harness that energy like never before, which would revolutionize life as we know it today.”
4. Dr. Albert Einstein postulated way back in 1917 the existence of energy in empty space. He said that the energy in space counterbalanced the effect of gravity and provided stability to the universe from collapsing on itself due to gravitational pull. He called it ‘Cosmological Constant.’ However, he withdrew later his postulation as a mistake when Astronomers found that the universe was not actually stable but was expanding. When Dr. A. Resiss and others found in 1998 that the universe was not only expanding, but expanding with an increasing pace, astronomers then revived the concept of Cosmological Constant with doubled conviction invoking it as the cause for accelerated expansion of the universe. Further, satellite studies in 2006 established that about 73 percent of the universe consisted of some invisible energy. (This figure now stands revised to 68.3 percent based on the Planck satellite data released in 2013). A comprehensive study in 2007 by Dr. Jesper Sollerman and Dr. Tamara Davis of Copenhagen University convincingly established that Einstein’s Cosmological Constant is this invisible energy. Quantum Physics provides the raison d’etre for the existence of energy in empty space.
5. At the basis of Haramein’s research is a bold prediction about the charge radius of the proton, which was recently verified by experiment. Less than a month after Haramein sent his paper to the Library of Congress, the Paul Scherrer Institute in Switzerland released a new measurement for the size of the proton, confirming Haramein’s prediction.
6. “Protons are the primary building blocks of our universe – they are at the center of every atom and therefore are everywhere and in everything,” said Chris Almida, Executive Director of the Resonance Project Foundation, parent organization of HIUP. “It is critical that we accurately understand proton structure if we are to even begin to understand the ‘connected universe.’ Nassim's prediction was confirmed and is exactly right (within the margin of error of the experiment), whereas the Standard Model theory is off by a significant amount.”
6a. The Vedic wisdom states on this that the material energy is composed of the smallest particles called paramanus. This is the atom; atoms cannot be cut further. The paramanus are components of the six kinds of quarks (elementary subatomic particles), the six types of anti-quarks and the leptons (the electron, positron and neutron). These are the smallest particles known in the western science. Each of these particles is a little smaller then 10^-18cm. The size of the atom of the western materialistic science is 1 angstrom (10^-10cm).
6b. The paramanu according to the Nyaya-Vaisesika is 0.79x10^-22. This is its usual size, one sometimes find other figures because this paramanu, being a living entity is elastic: it can shrink or expand. The radiations waves or energies, the modes or the gunas of the paramanus all differ. They mix to give varieties of quarks (elementary subatomic particles) and leptons. If these assemble then we get for example, mesons an elementary particle having a mass between that of an electron and proton (these particles were originally named mesotrons by Heisenberg), protons, antiprotons, hadrons, baryons, neutrons. Atoms and molecules are composed of these particles. The further combination of these particles will give the elements or the objects of unlimited varieties of qualities of our world. The qualities, modes or guna’s means in relation to rupa, sparsa, sabda, rasa and gandha (form, touch, sound, taste and smell). The paramanus are the building blocks of the universe and the gunas are like the concrete that bind the paramanus.
6c. The 2nd Law of Thermodynamics describes basic principles of everyday life, namely the universal law of decay; the ultimate cause of why everything ultimately falls apart and disintegrates over time. The atom however does not fall apart, because it is the smallest particle. The combination of atoms combine or disintegrate. The Vedas describe that it is the Paramatma or parama-atom, which we could also call the God-particle, who energizes the qualities or structures of the atoms, to keep particles together or fall apart, which we measure as time. The Paramatma causes time.
7a. All in all, it is not surprising that there are similarities between the Vedic wisdom and the discoveries of Nassim Haramein since he took inspiration from Vedic and Buddhistic texts for the ideas of his theory.
7b. The maintenance of these tremendous energies in the universe have an inexhaustible source and director of that energy or an energetic, all men call the inexhaustible, great God. Just as various electrical devices have various users of the energy, and a powerhouse and engineers at the beginning.
9. God exists.
The proof of the cosmological tale
1. In the August 2001 Sky and Telescope journal the editor Rick Fienberg in his editorial opening tries to explain the seemingly contradictory and illogical statements from modern cosmology. He imagines a conversation with a non-astronomer:
“The universe began with the Big Bang.”
“Where did it happen?”
“'It didn’t happen anywhere; it happened everywhere. Now the universe is expanding.”
“Into what?”
“Not into anything; space itself – space-time, actually – is expanding and carrying the galaxies with it. Astronomers used to think the expansion was slowing down as galaxies tugged on each other with gravity. Now they think the expansion is speeding up.”
“Really? What’s pushing it?”
“Something scientists call the ‘cosmological constant’ or ’vacuum energy.’ Most people just call it ‘dark energy.’”
“Oh, so it comes from dark matter?”
“No, that‘s different. Dark matter, like ordinary matter, pulls on stuff with its gravity. Dark energy pushes on stuff.”
“So the universe has been expanding faster and faster since the Big Bang, pushed by dark energy?”
“Not exactly. In the first fraction of a second after the Big Bang, the universe inflated like a balloon, but over the next few billion years the expansion slowed.”
“But you just said it’s speeding up.”
“It is now, but it wasn’t in the distant past, except during the early burst of inflation. It took a while for the outward push of dark matter to overcome the inward pull of dark matter and begin to accelerate the expansion.”
“Oh. Well, what exactly is the dark energy?”
“Nobody knows. Some astronomers think it has something to do with quantum physics or higher dimensions.”
“Hmm. How about the dark matter – what’s that made of?”
“Nobody knows that either. Some of it may be made up of black holes1, small planets, or dead stars too faint to see in telescopes. But most of it is probably made up of subatomic particles that haven’t been discovered yet.”
“The whole thing sounds made up to me.”
2. After this impasse, Fienberg comments:
“Of course, it’s not all made up – it’s backed up by abundant data, much of it very recent and very compelling. Nevertheless, modern cosmology is so counterintuitive that it sounds like nonsense. I guess I shouldn’t be surprised that more people say they believe in a religious story of creation than in the story told by cosmologists.”
3. We have discussed these ‘abundant data’; they are not ‘compelling’ at all. The only sound and logical theory of cosmic creation, a creation or cosmic order that works perfectly like a Swiss watch, is intelligent design. When there is intelligent design there must have been an intelligent designer with an ability of thinking, feeling and willing. That person all men call God.
4. God exists.
NOTE:
1. The hole is called "black" because it absorbs all the light that hits the horizon, reflecting nothing. A black hole is a region of spacetime from which gravity prevents anything, including light, from escaping. Black holes of stellar mass are expected to form when very massive stars collapse at the end of their life cycle. After a black hole has formed it can continue to grow by absorbing mass from its surroundings. By absorbing other stars and merging with other black holes, supermassive black holes of millions of solar masses may form. There is general consensus that supermassive black holes exist in the centers of most galaxies.
The argument of the complexity of the Big Bang event
1. Before the Big Bang and very early in the expansion of the Big Bang's beginning, the physical, chemistry and gravitational laws guiding them were very clearly in play - precisely and comprehensively. Otherwise an ordinary bang or explosion always causes chaos. The question is where did they come from?
2. These laws guiding the universe can’t have created themselves.
3. Newtonian or classical physics, and all sciences derived from physics, rest squarely on the principle of locality, the idea that correlated events are related by a chain of causation. And so everything has a cause and no law invented itself.
4. The laws and the mechanisms of the Big Bang had to work comprehensively and in perfect timing and synchronization, otherwise we would not have the universe that eventually developed, or subsequently, an earth habitable for life.
5. Within 10 to the -37 seconds of the Big Bang's beginning expansion, there was a phase transition that caused exponential cosmic inflation or expansion.
6. Afterward, simple atomic nuclei formed within 3 minutes of the Big Bang's beginning.
7. All the necessary primary elements were produced; hydrogen with just the right amounts of helium and lithium, etc. All the critical primary elements came together via the laws of gravity. The question here again is from where and how this law of gravity popped up.
8. The Big Bang had to have just the right extreme temperatures, just the right size, rate and speed of expansion, just the right rate of cooling. Within 10 to the -6 seconds of the Big Bang beginning, protons and neutrons developed, etc.
9. All this is evidence of great precision amongst the required interactive mechanisms, processes, physics, chemistry, laws of motion, energy, etc. The many scientific laws that precisely guided/framed/controlled the many staggeringly complex processes, were already there at the very beginning.
10. If key components had occurred differently immediately even within minutes upon the expansion away from the Singularity the universe that resulted would have been impossible.
11. Thus the complexity of the Big Bang is evidence of a highly controlled event that could have been done only by God.
12. God exists.
The argument that Big Bang means Big Brain
1. How all of a sudden there can be an explosion, by chance? Before an explosion takes place, there must be some arrangement. The bomb is prepared by somebody. The bomb is kept by somebody. The bomb is brought and put by somebody. After some time it explodes, activated by somebody. But brainless people give noble prize to rascals speaking: “By chance suddenly there was an explosion.”
2. Explosion was there because God was there. There was somebody, some brain, and that brain is God’s. Explosion is the proof of the existence of God.
Because we can accept something that is going on – what is proven. Can you show us an explosion suddenly by chance?
Because you say “there was explosion” that means there is God.
3. Then where did God come from? That is God. God is eternal, always existing. Just like I am, you are, also eternally existing. We are changing body. We are not the body. We are spiritual atom. Matter or the smallest subatomic particles are also eternal. They also have no “coming from.”
4a. We have never seen a pile or group of particles independently acting or getting into motion.
b. But persons moving things, balls, particles etc. that we can prove. We see this always within our experience.
5a. The particles in nature are moved, clustered, ordered, kneaded into planets, evolved or grown into plants, animals, humans etc. by super-humans called gods.
5b. Is there one all-pervading God, many gods in a hierarchy or are all equal?
The universes have as their reflection the human states or kingdoms, because this finite material world is the prison house part since the material body is the prison cell of the spirit soul.
Thus there is a hierarchy of gods and on the top is the best God. The best means the Supreme in opulences such as intelligence (The Big Brain behind the Big Bang), wealth, power, good personal qualities, beauty, wisdom, love.
6. God exists.
The argument of the universe as a big juggling exhibition
1 . The universe means the total or the whole of the 10^23 planets, stars, moons etc. , according to western science or cosmology, the result of the Big Bang. Beyond this there is maybe some more universes and unlimited darkness, space. According to the Vedic science of the East, beyond these 10^23 circling balls there are 8 round walls so the whole universe looks like a huge ball. The first wall is 10 times thicker than the diameter of the space within. The second wall is 10 times thicker than the first wall. The third wall is 10 times thicker than the 2nd etc. And there are even more than 10^23 planets because there are many subtle, invisible planets.
2. All the 10^23 flying balls are circling. This is put up and kept up by a Supreme Juggler as in our experience only a juggler has balls systematically circling in the air.
3. Thus God immanent exists. But He is also transcendental to all this turmoil and turning. Who likes to live in such a hubble-bubble?
1. Carroll pointed out that the Borde Guth Vilenkin (or BVG) theorem that the universe had a beginning only works within relativity but does not take quantum effects into account. Given a lack of a complete theory of quantum gravity, he argued that Craig can not claim that the universe began to exist.
2. This is partly true. One thing known for certain about quantum gravity is something called the holographic principle. Precisely put, the holographic principle tells us that the entropy of a region of space (measured in terms of information) is directly proportional to a quarter or any amount (1/2 complete) of its surface area or any related measurement (radius, diameter). The volume of this region is then actually a hologram of this information on its surface.
3. Another thing that it tells us is that the entropy, or the amount of disorder present, always increases with time. In fact, not only is this law inviolate, it is also how the flow of time is defined. Without entropy or disorder, destruction i.o.w change, there is no way to discern forwards and backwards in time.
4. However, if the holographic principle links the universe’s entropy and its horizon area then going back in time, all of space-time eventually vanishes to nothing at zero entropy, at the beginning of the creation. Thus Carroll’s argument is unsound.
5. The universe is not eternal but created.
6. By the way this also undermines claims made by atheists like Hawking and Krauss that the universe could have fluctuated into existence from nothing. Their argument rests on the assumption that there was a pre-existent zero-point field or ZPF. The only trouble is that the physics of a ZPF requires a space-time to exist in. No space-time means no zero-point field, and without a zero-point field, the universe can not spontaneously fluctuate into existence.
7. One other point of Carroll’s was his view that regardless of the physics discovered, the sort of supernatural explanation Craig gave could no longer be considered valid. Carroll, being a physicist, naturally believes that whatever the final answer is it will come in physical terms. After all it is not every day that scientists speak of God or supernatural agents. Instead they expect explanations to come in material terms with equations.
8. But Carroll may be ruling something out too quickly. A holographic universe entails a world made of information. And information requires a mind to know it. Information never just floats, information is of a mind, who knows it.
9. “All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force…We must assume behind this force the existence of a conscious and intelligent Mind. This Mind is a matrix of all matter.” – Max Planck
10. God exists.
The argument of parallels of Vedic wisdom and the ideas of Nassim Haramein
(INTRO: Kilauea, Hawaii (May 7, 2013) - A groundbreaking paper published last week sheds new light on the theory of gravity and the potential to significantly impact global issues facing the human race, including alternative energy sources.)
1. Nassim Haramein, Director of Research at the Hawaii Institute for Unified Physics (HIUP), has authored a paper titled “Quantum Gravity and the Holographic Mass,” which has been validated and published in the peer review journal, Physical Review and Research International. This paper discusses Haramein’s “Connected Universe” theory, which offers a new and alternative understanding of gravity through basic algebraic and geometric equations.
1a. Algebraic and geometric equations perfectly proof intelligent design.
2. Haramein’s work indicates everything in the universe is connected, from the largest to the smallest scale, through a unified understanding of gravity. He demonstrates that it is the space that defines matter and not matter that defines space.
2a. The Vedic understanding is similar to Haramein’s; everything in the universe is connected but the Vedas also say how; through Brahman, all pervading spiritual energy or atoms and the Supersoul, God immanent or Paramatma, who is within and without every atom. The Paramatma controls the spiritual and material atoms, and manifests or withdraws the qualities or energy or waves of these atoms, as one can dim or increase light. Both Brahman and Paramatma are emanations and features of God, Bhagavan or Krishna, who is in param-nirvana, transcendence, heaven, beyond matter.
3. Haramein claims that “matter is made up of 99.9 percent space.”
3a. At the time of creation, according to the Vedic descriptions, all is space. From 10% of space, by the control of the Paramatma, air, prana or vayu is created. This air is the atoms of space or ether, but without the sabda, vibration quality of ether. The element air means all the gaseous or airy elements.
From 10% of the airy elements, the element fire is created. They can explode, give of light or burn. From 10% of the fiery elements and due to the presence of Paramatma, water is created. This water includes all the liquid elements we find in nature. From 10% of the watery elements, earth is created. Earth means all the solid types of the elements. Thus we can see that of all the elements in the universe the element of space is the greatest. And all other elements are a transformation of space or ether atoms. And space is all pervading throughout all the elements as the fifth dimension. Dimension 1 to 4 being the solid, fluid, luminous, gaseous. Haramein says matter is made up of 99.9 percent space. The Vedas say 90% ether, and the other 10 % is also ether but as a transformation of ether.
All the transformations of energies are according to the laws of thermodynamics. The material atoms are put into motion or transforming by the powers of the Paramatma.
4. Nassim continues: “Quantum field theory states that the structure of space-time itself, at the extremely small level, vibrates with tremendous intensity. If we were to extract even a small percentage of all the energy held within the vibrations present in the space inside your little finger, it would represent enough energy to supply the world’s needs for hundreds of years. This new discovery has the potential to open up access and harness that energy like never before, which would revolutionize life as we know it today.”
4. Dr. Albert Einstein postulated way back in 1917 the existence of energy in empty space. He said that the energy in space counterbalanced the effect of gravity and provided stability to the universe from collapsing on itself due to gravitational pull. He called it ‘Cosmological Constant.’ However, he withdrew later his postulation as a mistake when Astronomers found that the universe was not actually stable but was expanding. When Dr. A. Resiss and others found in 1998 that the universe was not only expanding, but expanding with an increasing pace, astronomers then revived the concept of Cosmological Constant with doubled conviction invoking it as the cause for accelerated expansion of the universe. Further, satellite studies in 2006 established that about 73 percent of the universe consisted of some invisible energy. (This figure now stands revised to 68.3 percent based on the Planck satellite data released in 2013). A comprehensive study in 2007 by Dr. Jesper Sollerman and Dr. Tamara Davis of Copenhagen University convincingly established that Einstein’s Cosmological Constant is this invisible energy. Quantum Physics provides the raison d’etre for the existence of energy in empty space.
5. At the basis of Haramein’s research is a bold prediction about the charge radius of the proton, which was recently verified by experiment. Less than a month after Haramein sent his paper to the Library of Congress, the Paul Scherrer Institute in Switzerland released a new measurement for the size of the proton, confirming Haramein’s prediction.
6. “Protons are the primary building blocks of our universe – they are at the center of every atom and therefore are everywhere and in everything,” said Chris Almida, Executive Director of the Resonance Project Foundation, parent organization of HIUP. “It is critical that we accurately understand proton structure if we are to even begin to understand the ‘connected universe.’ Nassim's prediction was confirmed and is exactly right (within the margin of error of the experiment), whereas the Standard Model theory is off by a significant amount.”
6a. The Vedic wisdom states on this that the material energy is composed of the smallest particles called paramanus. This is the atom; atoms cannot be cut further. The paramanus are components of the six kinds of quarks (elementary subatomic particles), the six types of anti-quarks and the leptons (the electron, positron and neutron). These are the smallest particles known in the western science. Each of these particles is a little smaller then 10^-18cm. The size of the atom of the western materialistic science is 1 angstrom (10^-10cm).
6b. The paramanu according to the Nyaya-Vaisesika is 0.79x10^-22. This is its usual size, one sometimes find other figures because this paramanu, being a living entity is elastic: it can shrink or expand. The radiations waves or energies, the modes or the gunas of the paramanus all differ. They mix to give varieties of quarks (elementary subatomic particles) and leptons. If these assemble then we get for example, mesons an elementary particle having a mass between that of an electron and proton (these particles were originally named mesotrons by Heisenberg), protons, antiprotons, hadrons, baryons, neutrons. Atoms and molecules are composed of these particles. The further combination of these particles will give the elements or the objects of unlimited varieties of qualities of our world. The qualities, modes or guna’s means in relation to rupa, sparsa, sabda, rasa and gandha (form, touch, sound, taste and smell). The paramanus are the building blocks of the universe and the gunas are like the concrete that bind the paramanus.
6c. The 2nd Law of Thermodynamics describes basic principles of everyday life, namely the universal law of decay; the ultimate cause of why everything ultimately falls apart and disintegrates over time. The atom however does not fall apart, because it is the smallest particle. The combination of atoms combine or disintegrate. The Vedas describe that it is the Paramatma or parama-atom, which we could also call the God-particle, who energizes the qualities or structures of the atoms, to keep particles together or fall apart, which we measure as time. The Paramatma causes time.
7a. All in all, it is not surprising that there are similarities between the Vedic wisdom and the discoveries of Nassim Haramein since he took inspiration from Vedic and Buddhistic texts for the ideas of his theory.
7b. The maintenance of these tremendous energies in the universe have an inexhaustible source and director of that energy or an energetic, all men call the inexhaustible, great God. Just as various electrical devices have various users of the energy, and a powerhouse and engineers at the beginning.
9. God exists.
The proof of the cosmological tale
1. In the August 2001 Sky and Telescope journal the editor Rick Fienberg in his editorial opening tries to explain the seemingly contradictory and illogical statements from modern cosmology. He imagines a conversation with a non-astronomer:
“The universe began with the Big Bang.”
“Where did it happen?”
“'It didn’t happen anywhere; it happened everywhere. Now the universe is expanding.”
“Into what?”
“Not into anything; space itself – space-time, actually – is expanding and carrying the galaxies with it. Astronomers used to think the expansion was slowing down as galaxies tugged on each other with gravity. Now they think the expansion is speeding up.”
“Really? What’s pushing it?”
“Something scientists call the ‘cosmological constant’ or ’vacuum energy.’ Most people just call it ‘dark energy.’”
“Oh, so it comes from dark matter?”
“No, that‘s different. Dark matter, like ordinary matter, pulls on stuff with its gravity. Dark energy pushes on stuff.”
“So the universe has been expanding faster and faster since the Big Bang, pushed by dark energy?”
“Not exactly. In the first fraction of a second after the Big Bang, the universe inflated like a balloon, but over the next few billion years the expansion slowed.”
“But you just said it’s speeding up.”
“It is now, but it wasn’t in the distant past, except during the early burst of inflation. It took a while for the outward push of dark matter to overcome the inward pull of dark matter and begin to accelerate the expansion.”
“Oh. Well, what exactly is the dark energy?”
“Nobody knows. Some astronomers think it has something to do with quantum physics or higher dimensions.”
“Hmm. How about the dark matter – what’s that made of?”
“Nobody knows that either. Some of it may be made up of black holes1, small planets, or dead stars too faint to see in telescopes. But most of it is probably made up of subatomic particles that haven’t been discovered yet.”
“The whole thing sounds made up to me.”
2. After this impasse, Fienberg comments:
“Of course, it’s not all made up – it’s backed up by abundant data, much of it very recent and very compelling. Nevertheless, modern cosmology is so counterintuitive that it sounds like nonsense. I guess I shouldn’t be surprised that more people say they believe in a religious story of creation than in the story told by cosmologists.”
3. We have discussed these ‘abundant data’; they are not ‘compelling’ at all. The only sound and logical theory of cosmic creation, a creation or cosmic order that works perfectly like a Swiss watch, is intelligent design. When there is intelligent design there must have been an intelligent designer with an ability of thinking, feeling and willing. That person all men call God.
4. God exists.
NOTE:
1. The hole is called "black" because it absorbs all the light that hits the horizon, reflecting nothing. A black hole is a region of spacetime from which gravity prevents anything, including light, from escaping. Black holes of stellar mass are expected to form when very massive stars collapse at the end of their life cycle. After a black hole has formed it can continue to grow by absorbing mass from its surroundings. By absorbing other stars and merging with other black holes, supermassive black holes of millions of solar masses may form. There is general consensus that supermassive black holes exist in the centers of most galaxies.
The argument of the complexity of the Big Bang event
1. Before the Big Bang and very early in the expansion of the Big Bang's beginning, the physical, chemistry and gravitational laws guiding them were very clearly in play - precisely and comprehensively. Otherwise an ordinary bang or explosion always causes chaos. The question is where did they come from?
2. These laws guiding the universe can’t have created themselves.
3. Newtonian or classical physics, and all sciences derived from physics, rest squarely on the principle of locality, the idea that correlated events are related by a chain of causation. And so everything has a cause and no law invented itself.
4. The laws and the mechanisms of the Big Bang had to work comprehensively and in perfect timing and synchronization, otherwise we would not have the universe that eventually developed, or subsequently, an earth habitable for life.
5. Within 10 to the -37 seconds of the Big Bang's beginning expansion, there was a phase transition that caused exponential cosmic inflation or expansion.
6. Afterward, simple atomic nuclei formed within 3 minutes of the Big Bang's beginning.
7. All the necessary primary elements were produced; hydrogen with just the right amounts of helium and lithium, etc. All the critical primary elements came together via the laws of gravity. The question here again is from where and how this law of gravity popped up.
8. The Big Bang had to have just the right extreme temperatures, just the right size, rate and speed of expansion, just the right rate of cooling. Within 10 to the -6 seconds of the Big Bang beginning, protons and neutrons developed, etc.
9. All this is evidence of great precision amongst the required interactive mechanisms, processes, physics, chemistry, laws of motion, energy, etc. The many scientific laws that precisely guided/framed/controlled the many staggeringly complex processes, were already there at the very beginning.
10. If key components had occurred differently immediately even within minutes upon the expansion away from the Singularity the universe that resulted would have been impossible.
11. Thus the complexity of the Big Bang is evidence of a highly controlled event that could have been done only by God.
12. God exists.
The argument that Big Bang means Big Brain
1. How all of a sudden there can be an explosion, by chance? Before an explosion takes place, there must be some arrangement. The bomb is prepared by somebody. The bomb is kept by somebody. The bomb is brought and put by somebody. After some time it explodes, activated by somebody. But brainless people give noble prize to rascals speaking: “By chance suddenly there was an explosion.”
2. Explosion was there because God was there. There was somebody, some brain, and that brain is God’s. Explosion is the proof of the existence of God.
Because we can accept something that is going on – what is proven. Can you show us an explosion suddenly by chance?
Because you say “there was explosion” that means there is God.
3. Then where did God come from? That is God. God is eternal, always existing. Just like I am, you are, also eternally existing. We are changing body. We are not the body. We are spiritual atom. Matter or the smallest subatomic particles are also eternal. They also have no “coming from.”
4a. We have never seen a pile or group of particles independently acting or getting into motion.
b. But persons moving things, balls, particles etc. that we can prove. We see this always within our experience.
5a. The particles in nature are moved, clustered, ordered, kneaded into planets, evolved or grown into plants, animals, humans etc. by super-humans called gods.
5b. Is there one all-pervading God, many gods in a hierarchy or are all equal?
The universes have as their reflection the human states or kingdoms, because this finite material world is the prison house part since the material body is the prison cell of the spirit soul.
Thus there is a hierarchy of gods and on the top is the best God. The best means the Supreme in opulences such as intelligence (The Big Brain behind the Big Bang), wealth, power, good personal qualities, beauty, wisdom, love.
6. God exists.
The argument of the universe as a big juggling exhibition
1 . The universe means the total or the whole of the 10^23 planets, stars, moons etc. , according to western science or cosmology, the result of the Big Bang. Beyond this there is maybe some more universes and unlimited darkness, space. According to the Vedic science of the East, beyond these 10^23 circling balls there are 8 round walls so the whole universe looks like a huge ball. The first wall is 10 times thicker than the diameter of the space within. The second wall is 10 times thicker than the first wall. The third wall is 10 times thicker than the 2nd etc. And there are even more than 10^23 planets because there are many subtle, invisible planets.
2. All the 10^23 flying balls are circling. This is put up and kept up by a Supreme Juggler as in our experience only a juggler has balls systematically circling in the air.
3. Thus God immanent exists. But He is also transcendental to all this turmoil and turning. Who likes to live in such a hubble-bubble?
Just
as a juggler does his art or work in a circus or theater but his real life of
pleasure and love is at home.
Nor does God like to live within this closed small, finite ball-like universe. He likes the freedom in the infinity of the spiritual paradise.
4. God immanent is an expansion of God transcendent. This God in the universe is duty-bound to Generate, Operate and Destroy (G-O-D) the prison-house of matter for the rebel of/in paradise/heaven.
5. God exists. Heaven exists.
The argument of the Big Bang ‘explosion’
1. Most people think of the big bang as an explosion in space; however scientists use the term to describe the beginning of space, time, matter and energy.
2. Four characteristics—a singular beginning, cosmic expansion, and constant laws of physics including the law of decay—define a big bang universe.
3. The similarity between the Vedic description of the universe, written thousands of years ago, and the current scientific understanding of the universe is evidence for supernatural inspiration of the words of the Vedas.
4. That supernatural inspiration about the detailed knowledge of the universe could have come only from God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the Big Bang
1. The big bang is NOT a big “bang” as generally people understand the expression. This phrase reminds them of images of bomb blasts or exploding dynamite that yield disorder and destruction.
Nor does God like to live within this closed small, finite ball-like universe. He likes the freedom in the infinity of the spiritual paradise.
4. God immanent is an expansion of God transcendent. This God in the universe is duty-bound to Generate, Operate and Destroy (G-O-D) the prison-house of matter for the rebel of/in paradise/heaven.
5. God exists. Heaven exists.
The argument of the Big Bang ‘explosion’
1. Most people think of the big bang as an explosion in space; however scientists use the term to describe the beginning of space, time, matter and energy.
2. Four characteristics—a singular beginning, cosmic expansion, and constant laws of physics including the law of decay—define a big bang universe.
3. The similarity between the Vedic description of the universe, written thousands of years ago, and the current scientific understanding of the universe is evidence for supernatural inspiration of the words of the Vedas.
4. That supernatural inspiration about the detailed knowledge of the universe could have come only from God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the Big Bang
1. The big bang is NOT a big “bang” as generally people understand the expression. This phrase reminds them of images of bomb blasts or exploding dynamite that yield disorder and destruction.
In
World War II, there were many big
bangs, but nothing positive came out of
them. They were all destructive.
The atomic explosions over Hiroshima and Nagasaki didn’t create a television, radio or computer.
Then why should we think that a big bang created this precisely designed and marvelously varied universe?
2. In truth, this “bang” represents an immensely powerful yet carefully planned and controlled release of matter, energy, space, and time within the strict confines of very carefully fine-tuned physical constants and laws which govern their behavior and interactions.
3. The power and care this explosion reveals exceeds human potential for design by multiple orders of magnitude.
4. The power to move dead matter and by that to create a well designed order so great like our universe can come only from God.
5. God exists.
The proof that the ultimate cause is in heaven; there is no need of a cause of heaven because it is all or most perfect
1. God must be the cause of the Big Bang. He is the Big Brain behind the Big Bang because explosions always have a personal cause.
And the cosmic order proves that the explosion and the materials or atoms are, after exploding, guided into all the forms of nature: planets, flora and fauna.
2. God doesn’t live here, ultimately. He expanded a form to do the material world; after all who likes to be eternally exploding or emanating and imploding matter. And pleasing and punishing the fallen foolish living entities, who are chasing after the shadows or inferior matter.
He delegated a director and creator of the prison house of the material world.
3. Thus God resides in heaven
a. There is no need of a cause behind heaven and God. That world is all perfect.
Just as deluded living entities don’t bother about or need another world; matter is ok for them, as the worm living in excrement.
b. Or just as the kingdom of Rama (-raja) is the ultimate and beyond the prison of the kingdom, so heaven is the ultimate and beyond the cosmic prison-house. Thus heaven is the ultimate perfection and has no cause or something higher.
4. God or the Ultimate and Supreme Personality of Godhead, along with Heaven, exists.
The proof that a tiny airplane is flying in the sky and it is making so much sound but millions and trillions of planets are floating and there is no sound
1. The earth has two movements. It is rotating and also going around the sun but we cannot feel any movement or hear any sound.
The speed of the earth rotating on its axis is 1,675 km/hour or 465 meters/second.
The earth’s speed around the sun is about 30 km/s (108,000 km/h), which is fast enough to cover the planet's diameter (about 12,700 km) in seven minutes, and the distance to the Moon of 384,000 km in four hours.
The earth has a layer of atmosphere. The space through which the planets move is not with the friction as in the earth’s atmosphere.
2. To get the airplane flying one needs a creator of the engine, the vehicle etc. One needs a pilot, a maintenance crew. For the more perfect earth planet, for example, one also needs engineers, creators etc. and a pilot.
So many arrangements are necessary to fly 500 passengers in a Boeing 747; for food, drinking, sitting, sleeping, music, television, wifi (computer network), doctors (first aid), toilet etc.
3. The earth has 7 billion human passengers;
approximately 30 million animal species that equals many trillions of animal passengers;
Around 400,000 plant species that equals many trillions of plant passengers.
There must be a grand maintenance company behind this huge flying city, country or ball.
4. Airplanes fly for pleasure but they crash. And, the flying and the destiny of the plane is suffering or something mediocre. Planets never crash. Life in this prison house of matter is suffering, ignorant and temporary.
5. God’s expansion, the creator, creates and controls matter.
God, the controller and enjoyer of the spiritual energy is in the spiritual world as the prison director is in the jail and the president or king in their palace.
6. God, who is in His many forms, but who is One, exists.
The Argument of the Supreme Architect
1. The universe consists of 10^80 atoms building blocks- atoms.
Everything is in a constant coming and going; we see creation maintenance and destruction of the flora fauna humans and planets. This is all done by a group of Supreme engineers, architects, masonries and builders or contractors.
2. This world is imperfect, faulty and deficient. There is disease, old age and death. There are the calamities of nature. There is interpersonal cold and hot wars. On the whole there is more suffering then pleasure. The creation is a masterpiece of art but not paradise.
3. An architect, engineer, contractor or builder makes his own house the best.
Similarly, the supreme architect, engineer, builder- God- lives in a paradise or heaven.
4. God and His original abode in the spiritual world or heaven exist.
The argument of the mind of all matter in the universe
1. “The ultimate cause of atheism, Newton asserted, is ‘the notion of bodies having, as it were, a complete, absolute and independent reality in themselves.’”
2. The 1925 discovery of quantum mechanics solved the problem of the Universe’s nature. Bright physicists were again led to believe what is for atheists the unbelievable — that the Universe is mental.
3. According to Sir James Jeans an astronomer, mathematician and physicists of Princeton University: “the stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the Universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine. Mind no longer appears to be an accidental intruder into the realm of matter…we ought rather hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter.”
4. Matter cannot produce mind but rather a thoughtful mind can produce structures of matter. If we leave all the molecules or atoms of the brain on a pile under Mother Nature’s sky no brain or mind will ever be produced by thunderbolts, high pressures or typhoons. But a person with a mind can create e.g. a computer.
5. This means mind pre-existed to matter.
6. A mind is a property of a person and the mind of the universe can only be God’s.
7. God exists.
The argument of the miniature universe
1. If some man creator would make a miniature cosmos, with all the 10^23 planets, rotating stars and star clusters, moons and planets circling, with the clouds and winds moving, the flora and fauna, that human creator would be glorified for making this huge, fine piece of art.
2. Such a miniature cosmos would never ever arise spontaneously, by chance or evolution from a pile of atoms. No chance. The chance would be 0.000 x 10^infinite.
3. God, the creator of the material world exists.
The argument of unbelievable history
1. The chunk or singularity or totality of material atoms in chaos had a Big Bang. By this the basic, and only existing at that time, particles of matter created first gas, then clouds of matter, then planets. Then 8.400.000 forms of life.
2. Suppose you have to make a movie of this theory. Each step of this scenario needs a huge movie company with several engineers, industrial designers, architects, building companies etc. etc. etc. and the head man (producer).
3. Similarly, God and gods emanate and evolve the planetary systems.
4. God exists.
The argument of the smooth “big bang” and “big crunch” model
1a. Science finds that the “big bang”, the cause of the creation of the universe, was a gradual evolution. This is established by measuring the background radiation in the universe.
1b. Science in great detail registers the effect of this “Big Bang”. They describe that the universe has design, and esthetic and powerful energies. By seeing what the Big Bang brought forth, we see the Creator is God, the Supreme Person.
Person according to the dictionary means someone thinking, feeling and willing.
Design means thinking.
Esthetics, beauty means feeling.
Energy means will power.
1c. There is a creator and controller of the universe. The cause of the universe must have had the properties of God. By qualifying the indescribable Bang to have all these potencies science conforms to the Vedic definition of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
1d. God exists.
2a. Where is He, who is He?
This is the world of laws. Kala (time), karma (activity), klesa (miseries firm the body and mind, demigods or material nature and other living entities) and guna (the ropes of maya goodness, passion and ignorance).
The lawgiver or king lives beyond the world of laws in a palace or paradise.
And a king (as in Ramaraja or Dwarakaraja) is wise, blissful with all opulence (rich, powerful, beauty), all good qualities (such as saintliness).
2b. So God is in heaven and is full of all opulence.
3a. How the creation took place
The evolution or emanation smooth big bang within the shells of the universe took place according to Vedas from Brahma, the creator of the planets, stars and moons, with all their residents.
There is also an expansion, processed from Garbhodakasayi Visnu.
He is also within the shells of the universe. From His navel bursts out or grows a lotus flower on which Lord Brahma sits. Brahma and the creation ingredients come forth from this Visnu, through the stem of this lotus flower.
4. Another evolutionary “Big Bang” is from MahaVisnu. He emanates the 35 million universes, from the pores of His body. From each pore comes one universe. From Him expands the above Garbhodakasayi Visnus (also 35 million).
5a. MahaVisnu expands, bangs or flows forth from MahaSankarsana, who is an eternal extension of Balarama in Dvaraka, who is an eternal expansion from Balarama in Vrindavana, the ultimate abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krishna. Balarama is from the original Krishna, the Supreme and first of the Personalities of Godhead. These personalities can be compared with the prison-director, the minister of justice, the King in His office (Maha-Visnu), the King in His palace (Maha-Sankarsana), and the King and his brother in His holiday resort (Krishna and Balarama).
5b. Krishna, God, exists.
The argument by sun and maintenance
1. Steadily giving out light the sun will continue to do so for about 150 trillion years, according to the Vedas.
2. The sun is already shining for 150 trillion years.
3. Therefore, the question is what causes the sun to steadily giving light.
4. As behind shining electric bulbs is the creator of the bulb, and the engineer and director of the electricity powerhouse, so behind this design, creation and maintenance of the sun is God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the supervision of order
1. We find in nature many laws like the law of gravitation, the laws of motion, the laws of thermodynamics.
2. Just as in any state, the government or the king makes different laws and supervises their subjects that the laws are carried out, so the laws of nature had to be generated and supervised by some intelligent being.
3. So, for everything that happens according to those laws there has to be a supervisor or controller.
4. Man can create small laws and control limited things in his domain, but nature’s grand laws had to be created by a big brain, an extraordinarily powerful person who can supervise that those laws are carried out.
5. Such an extraordinary, omnipotent person can be only God.
6. Hence, God exists.
The argument of the nature of established laws
1. Physical or scientific law is a scientific generalization based on empirical observations of physical behavior. Law is defined in the following ways:
a. Absolute. Nothing in the universe appears to affect them. (Davies, 1992:82)
b. Stable. They are unchanged since they were first discovered (although they may have been shown to be approximations of more accurate laws).
c. Omnipotent. Everything in the universe apparently must comply with them (according to observations). (Davies, 1992:83)
2. Some of the examples of scientific or nature’s laws are:
a. The law of relativity by Einstein.
b. The four laws of thermodynamics.
c. The laws of conservation of energy.
d. The uncertainty principle etc.
e. Biological laws
i. Life is based on cells.
ii. All life has genes.
iii. All life occurs through biochemistry.
iv. Mendelian inheritance.
f. Conservation Laws.
i. Noether's theorem.
ii. Conservation of mass.
iii. Conservation of energy, momentum and angular momentum.
iv. Conservation of charge .
3. Einstein said that the laws already exist, man just discovers them.
4. Only an omnipotent, absolute eternal person can give absolute, stable and omnipotent laws for the whole universe.
5. That person all men call God or Krishna.
6. Hence God exists.
Arguments from Quantum mechanics
The argument of quantum mechanics
1. According to some experiments in quantum mechanics it is now proven that there are forces by which information spreads through the universe instantaneously, much faster than the speed of light. This is called quantum non-locality.
2. We know that nothing happens without consciousness or direction.
3. That all-pervading consciousness that is instantly transmitting information belongs to a superhuman person.
4. This is the dictionary definition of the person called God.
5. Therefore, God exists.
Argument from quantum physics
1. Sub-atomic particles seem to come into existence from nowhere. Nowhere means no designations, forms, names, qualities, activities; the quantum vacuum is not empty but has a super high energy density which is undetectable by the material senses and its measuring instruments. Or alternatively, this vacuum is another dimension then gross matter.
2. Either God is creating or manifesting the particles- the position of theism- or nothing is creating them- the position of atheism-. Creating means being brought from non-manifestation to manifestation.
3. It makes no sense to say that nothing is creating them. The particles also cannot come into existence by accident. nihil sine causa. ex nihilo nihil fit- from nothing, nothing comes. There is always causa causens – real cause, causa efficiens – mechanical cause and causa primaria- first cause. Every why has a therefore. There is no accident; we have called something chance for which we can't see a cause. No clock runs strikes or rings just like that. The course of nature is the art of God.
4. Therefore, God does exist.
The evidence of the conscious observer
1. How the concept of consciousness is something not material—nonphysical and non-chemical is proven by various experiments. In modern physics this is already a basic principle for the last fifty or sixty years, but not widely admitted or taught in the schools.
2. In modern physics or quantum mechanics the materialistic scientists realize that in order to describe physical processes you have to include the observer in the picture; you can't describe these things without accounting for the observer, and so they made an analysis. This was, for example, done by von Neumann, one of the modern physicists.
3. He analyzed the difference between the observer and the observed. For example, when a man looks through a microscope at some object, you can draw the line between the observer and the observed object.
4. Now, according to the physicist's idea, physically there are equations which describe all the molecules and forces of interaction on the observed side. And there's another kind of equation that goes in quantum mechanics, which corresponds to the observer's side, and this equation is completely different from the first equation.
5. So this indicates that the observer must be something different in nature from the observed.
6. The boundary between the observer and the observed can be moved and is kind of arbitrary. You can move the boundary back so now the observed becomes the eyeball and the microscope and the object, and the observer is still on the other side. And the basic idea is you can move this boundary back, step by step, and on one side you can put, at least in principle, more and more of the parts of the body into the observed system, but on the other side you still have the observer, and he continues to be described by an equation that can't be reduced to the force laws that are used to describe the observed.
7. So the conclusion is that the observer must be something nonphysical. He's not part of the physical body at all and that is basic in quantum mechanics.
8. There's also another line of evidence here. It's the inspiration. For example the mathematician Gauss who lived in the nineteenth century was solving various mathematical problems.
9. A very difficult mathematical problem, the person never solves by figuring it out consciously, step by step. What happens is that one tries very hard to figure out the solution for a long time, but nothing happens, and then all of a sudden the answer comes to him.
10. This is what many times happened to Gauss and he wrote down how, when and where.
11. There are many examples of sudden inspiration of various people in the fields of mathematics, art, philosophy, science etc.
12. The intelligence from where a sudden inspiration comes is the form direction of the nonphysical, transcendental Supersoul or God who is the observer of our soul’s desires, and rewards these according to karma.
13. God exists.
The proof of consciousness that preceded material reality
1. Materialism stated that consciousness is an 'emergent property' of material reality and thus has no particular special position within material reality.
2. However: “The stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the Universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine. Mind no longer appears to be an accidental intruder into the realm of matter... we ought rather hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter.” (The mental Universe - Richard Conn Henry - Professor of Physics - Johns Hopkins University)
3. Thus consciousness preceded material reality and Quantum Mechanics (QM) reveals that consciousness has a special, even central, position1 within material reality.
4. The consciousness that preceded material reality is a property of a person all men call God.
5. God exists.
NOTE:
1. QM represents reality in terms of wave functions or probability functions. So how do we get from probability to actuality? That occurs by observation or conscious awareness, which shrinks probability down to a singular perception. All measurements or observations therefore depend on consciousness.
The quantum argument from love
1. Nothing exists, quite literally, in the beginning. All is at rest.
No qualities and activities are manifest in matter.
2. As Quantum Physics says, the universe at work is just that positively charged void. The quantum vacuum at time zero is not empty but has a high energy density, but inactive.
3. "Love" is the thing that caused this cosmic imbalance within nothingness, resulting in the appearance of things.
4. Therefore, God and His Goddess, the Supreme Lover and Beloved or the Supreme Beloved and Lover, the Causes of all love, exist.
Arguments from history
The proof of the 3.8 Billion year-old photosynthesis
1. “What we concluded is that, by discounting hydrogen peroxide oxidation, anoxygenic photosynthetic micro-organisms are the most likely mechanism responsible for Earth’s oldest iron formations,” Ernesto Pecoits of the Université Paris Diderot and lead author on the study told astrobio.net.
2. Microorganisms that photosynthesize in the absence of oxygen assimilate carbon by using iron oxide (Fe(II)) as an electron donor instead of water. While oxygenic photosynthesis produces oxygen in the atmosphere (in the form of dioxygen), anoxygenic photosynthesis adds an electron to Fe(II) to produce Fe(III).
3. “In other words, they oxidize the iron,” explains Pecoits. “This finding is very important because it implies that this metabolism was already active back in the early Archean (ca. 3.8 Billion year-ago).”
4. The abstract of the scientific research paper: "It is widely accepted that photosynthetic bacteria played a crucial role in Fe(II) oxidation and the precipitation of iron formations (IF) during the Late Archean–Early Paleoproterozoic (2.7–2.4 Ga). It is less clear whether microbes similarly caused the deposition of the oldest IF at ca. 3.8 Ga, which would imply photosynthesis having already evolved by that time. Abiological alternatives, such as the direct oxidation of dissolved Fe(II) by ultraviolet radiation may have occurred, but its importance has been discounted in environments where the injection of high concentrations of dissolved iron directly into the photic zone led to chemical precipitation reactions that overwhelmed photooxidation rates. However, an outstanding possibility remains with respect to photochemical reactions occurring in the atmosphere that might generate hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), a recognized strong oxidant for ferrous iron. Here, we modeled the amount of H2O2 that could be produced in an Eoarchean atmosphere using updated solar fluxes and plausible CO2, O2, and CH4 mixing ratios. Irrespective of the atmospheric simulations, the upper limit of H2O2 rainout was calculated to be pay-wall."
5. Atheistic science says the earth is 4.5 billion years old. The Vedas can agree with 2 billion years old.
Atheistic science teaches that it took 2 -2.5 billion years for the first life forms to come; the marine- or sea life. The Vedas say: “No, 2 billion years ago the creation of all the species started. God doesn’t need evolution. Yes, the beginning was sea life, but then very soon all the other evolutes.” Atheists say 4.5 billion because they see in the strata the marine fossils 2 billion years old, so they calculate it took 2- 2.5 billion years for these to come, so the earth is 4.5 billion. The Vedas say: “No, the earth population is since 2 billion years. The earth was created or again taken out of the Garbha ocean 2 billion years ago”
Life was manifest in the universe 2 billion years ago, again. The life comes and goes in cycles of Day and Night of the universe every 8.64 billion years. A Day is 4.32 billion years. A Night also 4.32 billon years. At the night of the universe, life in the universe is sleeping, but alive.
The atomic explosions over Hiroshima and Nagasaki didn’t create a television, radio or computer.
Then why should we think that a big bang created this precisely designed and marvelously varied universe?
2. In truth, this “bang” represents an immensely powerful yet carefully planned and controlled release of matter, energy, space, and time within the strict confines of very carefully fine-tuned physical constants and laws which govern their behavior and interactions.
3. The power and care this explosion reveals exceeds human potential for design by multiple orders of magnitude.
4. The power to move dead matter and by that to create a well designed order so great like our universe can come only from God.
5. God exists.
The proof that the ultimate cause is in heaven; there is no need of a cause of heaven because it is all or most perfect
1. God must be the cause of the Big Bang. He is the Big Brain behind the Big Bang because explosions always have a personal cause.
And the cosmic order proves that the explosion and the materials or atoms are, after exploding, guided into all the forms of nature: planets, flora and fauna.
2. God doesn’t live here, ultimately. He expanded a form to do the material world; after all who likes to be eternally exploding or emanating and imploding matter. And pleasing and punishing the fallen foolish living entities, who are chasing after the shadows or inferior matter.
He delegated a director and creator of the prison house of the material world.
3. Thus God resides in heaven
a. There is no need of a cause behind heaven and God. That world is all perfect.
Just as deluded living entities don’t bother about or need another world; matter is ok for them, as the worm living in excrement.
b. Or just as the kingdom of Rama (-raja) is the ultimate and beyond the prison of the kingdom, so heaven is the ultimate and beyond the cosmic prison-house. Thus heaven is the ultimate perfection and has no cause or something higher.
4. God or the Ultimate and Supreme Personality of Godhead, along with Heaven, exists.
The proof that a tiny airplane is flying in the sky and it is making so much sound but millions and trillions of planets are floating and there is no sound
1. The earth has two movements. It is rotating and also going around the sun but we cannot feel any movement or hear any sound.
The speed of the earth rotating on its axis is 1,675 km/hour or 465 meters/second.
The earth’s speed around the sun is about 30 km/s (108,000 km/h), which is fast enough to cover the planet's diameter (about 12,700 km) in seven minutes, and the distance to the Moon of 384,000 km in four hours.
The earth has a layer of atmosphere. The space through which the planets move is not with the friction as in the earth’s atmosphere.
2. To get the airplane flying one needs a creator of the engine, the vehicle etc. One needs a pilot, a maintenance crew. For the more perfect earth planet, for example, one also needs engineers, creators etc. and a pilot.
So many arrangements are necessary to fly 500 passengers in a Boeing 747; for food, drinking, sitting, sleeping, music, television, wifi (computer network), doctors (first aid), toilet etc.
3. The earth has 7 billion human passengers;
approximately 30 million animal species that equals many trillions of animal passengers;
Around 400,000 plant species that equals many trillions of plant passengers.
There must be a grand maintenance company behind this huge flying city, country or ball.
4. Airplanes fly for pleasure but they crash. And, the flying and the destiny of the plane is suffering or something mediocre. Planets never crash. Life in this prison house of matter is suffering, ignorant and temporary.
5. God’s expansion, the creator, creates and controls matter.
God, the controller and enjoyer of the spiritual energy is in the spiritual world as the prison director is in the jail and the president or king in their palace.
6. God, who is in His many forms, but who is One, exists.
The Argument of the Supreme Architect
1. The universe consists of 10^80 atoms building blocks- atoms.
Everything is in a constant coming and going; we see creation maintenance and destruction of the flora fauna humans and planets. This is all done by a group of Supreme engineers, architects, masonries and builders or contractors.
2. This world is imperfect, faulty and deficient. There is disease, old age and death. There are the calamities of nature. There is interpersonal cold and hot wars. On the whole there is more suffering then pleasure. The creation is a masterpiece of art but not paradise.
3. An architect, engineer, contractor or builder makes his own house the best.
Similarly, the supreme architect, engineer, builder- God- lives in a paradise or heaven.
4. God and His original abode in the spiritual world or heaven exist.
The argument of the mind of all matter in the universe
1. “The ultimate cause of atheism, Newton asserted, is ‘the notion of bodies having, as it were, a complete, absolute and independent reality in themselves.’”
2. The 1925 discovery of quantum mechanics solved the problem of the Universe’s nature. Bright physicists were again led to believe what is for atheists the unbelievable — that the Universe is mental.
3. According to Sir James Jeans an astronomer, mathematician and physicists of Princeton University: “the stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the Universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine. Mind no longer appears to be an accidental intruder into the realm of matter…we ought rather hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter.”
4. Matter cannot produce mind but rather a thoughtful mind can produce structures of matter. If we leave all the molecules or atoms of the brain on a pile under Mother Nature’s sky no brain or mind will ever be produced by thunderbolts, high pressures or typhoons. But a person with a mind can create e.g. a computer.
5. This means mind pre-existed to matter.
6. A mind is a property of a person and the mind of the universe can only be God’s.
7. God exists.
The argument of the miniature universe
1. If some man creator would make a miniature cosmos, with all the 10^23 planets, rotating stars and star clusters, moons and planets circling, with the clouds and winds moving, the flora and fauna, that human creator would be glorified for making this huge, fine piece of art.
2. Such a miniature cosmos would never ever arise spontaneously, by chance or evolution from a pile of atoms. No chance. The chance would be 0.000 x 10^infinite.
3. God, the creator of the material world exists.
The argument of unbelievable history
1. The chunk or singularity or totality of material atoms in chaos had a Big Bang. By this the basic, and only existing at that time, particles of matter created first gas, then clouds of matter, then planets. Then 8.400.000 forms of life.
2. Suppose you have to make a movie of this theory. Each step of this scenario needs a huge movie company with several engineers, industrial designers, architects, building companies etc. etc. etc. and the head man (producer).
3. Similarly, God and gods emanate and evolve the planetary systems.
4. God exists.
The argument of the smooth “big bang” and “big crunch” model
1a. Science finds that the “big bang”, the cause of the creation of the universe, was a gradual evolution. This is established by measuring the background radiation in the universe.
1b. Science in great detail registers the effect of this “Big Bang”. They describe that the universe has design, and esthetic and powerful energies. By seeing what the Big Bang brought forth, we see the Creator is God, the Supreme Person.
Person according to the dictionary means someone thinking, feeling and willing.
Design means thinking.
Esthetics, beauty means feeling.
Energy means will power.
1c. There is a creator and controller of the universe. The cause of the universe must have had the properties of God. By qualifying the indescribable Bang to have all these potencies science conforms to the Vedic definition of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
1d. God exists.
2a. Where is He, who is He?
This is the world of laws. Kala (time), karma (activity), klesa (miseries firm the body and mind, demigods or material nature and other living entities) and guna (the ropes of maya goodness, passion and ignorance).
The lawgiver or king lives beyond the world of laws in a palace or paradise.
And a king (as in Ramaraja or Dwarakaraja) is wise, blissful with all opulence (rich, powerful, beauty), all good qualities (such as saintliness).
2b. So God is in heaven and is full of all opulence.
3a. How the creation took place
The evolution or emanation smooth big bang within the shells of the universe took place according to Vedas from Brahma, the creator of the planets, stars and moons, with all their residents.
There is also an expansion, processed from Garbhodakasayi Visnu.
He is also within the shells of the universe. From His navel bursts out or grows a lotus flower on which Lord Brahma sits. Brahma and the creation ingredients come forth from this Visnu, through the stem of this lotus flower.
4. Another evolutionary “Big Bang” is from MahaVisnu. He emanates the 35 million universes, from the pores of His body. From each pore comes one universe. From Him expands the above Garbhodakasayi Visnus (also 35 million).
5a. MahaVisnu expands, bangs or flows forth from MahaSankarsana, who is an eternal extension of Balarama in Dvaraka, who is an eternal expansion from Balarama in Vrindavana, the ultimate abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krishna. Balarama is from the original Krishna, the Supreme and first of the Personalities of Godhead. These personalities can be compared with the prison-director, the minister of justice, the King in His office (Maha-Visnu), the King in His palace (Maha-Sankarsana), and the King and his brother in His holiday resort (Krishna and Balarama).
5b. Krishna, God, exists.
The argument by sun and maintenance
1. Steadily giving out light the sun will continue to do so for about 150 trillion years, according to the Vedas.
2. The sun is already shining for 150 trillion years.
3. Therefore, the question is what causes the sun to steadily giving light.
4. As behind shining electric bulbs is the creator of the bulb, and the engineer and director of the electricity powerhouse, so behind this design, creation and maintenance of the sun is God.
5. God exists.
The argument of the supervision of order
1. We find in nature many laws like the law of gravitation, the laws of motion, the laws of thermodynamics.
2. Just as in any state, the government or the king makes different laws and supervises their subjects that the laws are carried out, so the laws of nature had to be generated and supervised by some intelligent being.
3. So, for everything that happens according to those laws there has to be a supervisor or controller.
4. Man can create small laws and control limited things in his domain, but nature’s grand laws had to be created by a big brain, an extraordinarily powerful person who can supervise that those laws are carried out.
5. Such an extraordinary, omnipotent person can be only God.
6. Hence, God exists.
The argument of the nature of established laws
1. Physical or scientific law is a scientific generalization based on empirical observations of physical behavior. Law is defined in the following ways:
a. Absolute. Nothing in the universe appears to affect them. (Davies, 1992:82)
b. Stable. They are unchanged since they were first discovered (although they may have been shown to be approximations of more accurate laws).
c. Omnipotent. Everything in the universe apparently must comply with them (according to observations). (Davies, 1992:83)
2. Some of the examples of scientific or nature’s laws are:
a. The law of relativity by Einstein.
b. The four laws of thermodynamics.
c. The laws of conservation of energy.
d. The uncertainty principle etc.
e. Biological laws
i. Life is based on cells.
ii. All life has genes.
iii. All life occurs through biochemistry.
iv. Mendelian inheritance.
f. Conservation Laws.
i. Noether's theorem.
ii. Conservation of mass.
iii. Conservation of energy, momentum and angular momentum.
iv. Conservation of charge .
3. Einstein said that the laws already exist, man just discovers them.
4. Only an omnipotent, absolute eternal person can give absolute, stable and omnipotent laws for the whole universe.
5. That person all men call God or Krishna.
6. Hence God exists.
Arguments from Quantum mechanics
The argument of quantum mechanics
1. According to some experiments in quantum mechanics it is now proven that there are forces by which information spreads through the universe instantaneously, much faster than the speed of light. This is called quantum non-locality.
2. We know that nothing happens without consciousness or direction.
3. That all-pervading consciousness that is instantly transmitting information belongs to a superhuman person.
4. This is the dictionary definition of the person called God.
5. Therefore, God exists.
Argument from quantum physics
1. Sub-atomic particles seem to come into existence from nowhere. Nowhere means no designations, forms, names, qualities, activities; the quantum vacuum is not empty but has a super high energy density which is undetectable by the material senses and its measuring instruments. Or alternatively, this vacuum is another dimension then gross matter.
2. Either God is creating or manifesting the particles- the position of theism- or nothing is creating them- the position of atheism-. Creating means being brought from non-manifestation to manifestation.
3. It makes no sense to say that nothing is creating them. The particles also cannot come into existence by accident. nihil sine causa. ex nihilo nihil fit- from nothing, nothing comes. There is always causa causens – real cause, causa efficiens – mechanical cause and causa primaria- first cause. Every why has a therefore. There is no accident; we have called something chance for which we can't see a cause. No clock runs strikes or rings just like that. The course of nature is the art of God.
4. Therefore, God does exist.
The evidence of the conscious observer
1. How the concept of consciousness is something not material—nonphysical and non-chemical is proven by various experiments. In modern physics this is already a basic principle for the last fifty or sixty years, but not widely admitted or taught in the schools.
2. In modern physics or quantum mechanics the materialistic scientists realize that in order to describe physical processes you have to include the observer in the picture; you can't describe these things without accounting for the observer, and so they made an analysis. This was, for example, done by von Neumann, one of the modern physicists.
3. He analyzed the difference between the observer and the observed. For example, when a man looks through a microscope at some object, you can draw the line between the observer and the observed object.
4. Now, according to the physicist's idea, physically there are equations which describe all the molecules and forces of interaction on the observed side. And there's another kind of equation that goes in quantum mechanics, which corresponds to the observer's side, and this equation is completely different from the first equation.
5. So this indicates that the observer must be something different in nature from the observed.
6. The boundary between the observer and the observed can be moved and is kind of arbitrary. You can move the boundary back so now the observed becomes the eyeball and the microscope and the object, and the observer is still on the other side. And the basic idea is you can move this boundary back, step by step, and on one side you can put, at least in principle, more and more of the parts of the body into the observed system, but on the other side you still have the observer, and he continues to be described by an equation that can't be reduced to the force laws that are used to describe the observed.
7. So the conclusion is that the observer must be something nonphysical. He's not part of the physical body at all and that is basic in quantum mechanics.
8. There's also another line of evidence here. It's the inspiration. For example the mathematician Gauss who lived in the nineteenth century was solving various mathematical problems.
9. A very difficult mathematical problem, the person never solves by figuring it out consciously, step by step. What happens is that one tries very hard to figure out the solution for a long time, but nothing happens, and then all of a sudden the answer comes to him.
10. This is what many times happened to Gauss and he wrote down how, when and where.
11. There are many examples of sudden inspiration of various people in the fields of mathematics, art, philosophy, science etc.
12. The intelligence from where a sudden inspiration comes is the form direction of the nonphysical, transcendental Supersoul or God who is the observer of our soul’s desires, and rewards these according to karma.
13. God exists.
The proof of consciousness that preceded material reality
1. Materialism stated that consciousness is an 'emergent property' of material reality and thus has no particular special position within material reality.
2. However: “The stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the Universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine. Mind no longer appears to be an accidental intruder into the realm of matter... we ought rather hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter.” (The mental Universe - Richard Conn Henry - Professor of Physics - Johns Hopkins University)
3. Thus consciousness preceded material reality and Quantum Mechanics (QM) reveals that consciousness has a special, even central, position1 within material reality.
4. The consciousness that preceded material reality is a property of a person all men call God.
5. God exists.
NOTE:
1. QM represents reality in terms of wave functions or probability functions. So how do we get from probability to actuality? That occurs by observation or conscious awareness, which shrinks probability down to a singular perception. All measurements or observations therefore depend on consciousness.
The quantum argument from love
1. Nothing exists, quite literally, in the beginning. All is at rest.
No qualities and activities are manifest in matter.
2. As Quantum Physics says, the universe at work is just that positively charged void. The quantum vacuum at time zero is not empty but has a high energy density, but inactive.
3. "Love" is the thing that caused this cosmic imbalance within nothingness, resulting in the appearance of things.
4. Therefore, God and His Goddess, the Supreme Lover and Beloved or the Supreme Beloved and Lover, the Causes of all love, exist.
Arguments from history
The proof of the 3.8 Billion year-old photosynthesis
1. “What we concluded is that, by discounting hydrogen peroxide oxidation, anoxygenic photosynthetic micro-organisms are the most likely mechanism responsible for Earth’s oldest iron formations,” Ernesto Pecoits of the Université Paris Diderot and lead author on the study told astrobio.net.
2. Microorganisms that photosynthesize in the absence of oxygen assimilate carbon by using iron oxide (Fe(II)) as an electron donor instead of water. While oxygenic photosynthesis produces oxygen in the atmosphere (in the form of dioxygen), anoxygenic photosynthesis adds an electron to Fe(II) to produce Fe(III).
3. “In other words, they oxidize the iron,” explains Pecoits. “This finding is very important because it implies that this metabolism was already active back in the early Archean (ca. 3.8 Billion year-ago).”
4. The abstract of the scientific research paper: "It is widely accepted that photosynthetic bacteria played a crucial role in Fe(II) oxidation and the precipitation of iron formations (IF) during the Late Archean–Early Paleoproterozoic (2.7–2.4 Ga). It is less clear whether microbes similarly caused the deposition of the oldest IF at ca. 3.8 Ga, which would imply photosynthesis having already evolved by that time. Abiological alternatives, such as the direct oxidation of dissolved Fe(II) by ultraviolet radiation may have occurred, but its importance has been discounted in environments where the injection of high concentrations of dissolved iron directly into the photic zone led to chemical precipitation reactions that overwhelmed photooxidation rates. However, an outstanding possibility remains with respect to photochemical reactions occurring in the atmosphere that might generate hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), a recognized strong oxidant for ferrous iron. Here, we modeled the amount of H2O2 that could be produced in an Eoarchean atmosphere using updated solar fluxes and plausible CO2, O2, and CH4 mixing ratios. Irrespective of the atmospheric simulations, the upper limit of H2O2 rainout was calculated to be pay-wall."
5. Atheistic science says the earth is 4.5 billion years old. The Vedas can agree with 2 billion years old.
Atheistic science teaches that it took 2 -2.5 billion years for the first life forms to come; the marine- or sea life. The Vedas say: “No, 2 billion years ago the creation of all the species started. God doesn’t need evolution. Yes, the beginning was sea life, but then very soon all the other evolutes.” Atheists say 4.5 billion because they see in the strata the marine fossils 2 billion years old, so they calculate it took 2- 2.5 billion years for these to come, so the earth is 4.5 billion. The Vedas say: “No, the earth population is since 2 billion years. The earth was created or again taken out of the Garbha ocean 2 billion years ago”
Life was manifest in the universe 2 billion years ago, again. The life comes and goes in cycles of Day and Night of the universe every 8.64 billion years. A Day is 4.32 billion years. A Night also 4.32 billon years. At the night of the universe, life in the universe is sleeping, but alive.
6.
According to Srimad Bhagavatam 3.13, at the beginning of the day of Brahma, the
earth is submerged in the Garbha Ocean and Lord Varaha brings it up. So the
earth is not completely destroyed, but submerged. So there could be some iron
there. The scientists could also have their dates wrong; in the first line of
the article the scientists admit they are speculating when they say
"discounting" and "the most likely mechanism".
7.
The shells of the universe were created 155.521.972.949.116 years ago, but
these shells are not visible for the telescopes; these are 2 billion yojanas
away– this is on the scale of cosmic distances, many, many zillions of miles.
8. Atheistic science says that the Big Bangs in the quantum field started 10-15 billion years ago. From the Bang to gasses, condensing, etc to the earth planet is 5.5 billion years, by a gradual process.
9. Seeing the universe with 100.000.000.000.000.000.000.000 perfectly round balls, some being cosmic lamps, circling in 5.000.000.000.000.000.000.000 orbits, never clashing,
the Vedas say it must have been a guided process by a Superhuman Engineer, Ball Thrower or Big Brain. He did it immediately, no need of evolving as in slow motion. So we come to the Big Bang/Brain taking place 2 billion years ago, not 10-15 billion y, by scientific reasoning.
9. B. The Big Brain evolved the Cosmos, along with a very detailed Manuel, the Veda.
In these Vedas, books of knowledge, we also find the history of the universe; all the data
we mentioned above.
10. God, the Supreme Person with the Biggest Brain, exists.
11. The History of the universe is as follows.
12. The modern Westerner knows atheism that explains that the predecessors of the monkeys and humans bubbled up from the primordial soup, which arose after the Big Bang. They say that the primitive humans came out of the hot Africa, mainly through the Caucasus area, to Central and Northern Asia Europe, because this was the only access by land to the north when the ice melted in the North and the North became habitable.
8. Atheistic science says that the Big Bangs in the quantum field started 10-15 billion years ago. From the Bang to gasses, condensing, etc to the earth planet is 5.5 billion years, by a gradual process.
9. Seeing the universe with 100.000.000.000.000.000.000.000 perfectly round balls, some being cosmic lamps, circling in 5.000.000.000.000.000.000.000 orbits, never clashing,
the Vedas say it must have been a guided process by a Superhuman Engineer, Ball Thrower or Big Brain. He did it immediately, no need of evolving as in slow motion. So we come to the Big Bang/Brain taking place 2 billion years ago, not 10-15 billion y, by scientific reasoning.
9. B. The Big Brain evolved the Cosmos, along with a very detailed Manuel, the Veda.
In these Vedas, books of knowledge, we also find the history of the universe; all the data
we mentioned above.
10. God, the Supreme Person with the Biggest Brain, exists.
11. The History of the universe is as follows.
12. The modern Westerner knows atheism that explains that the predecessors of the monkeys and humans bubbled up from the primordial soup, which arose after the Big Bang. They say that the primitive humans came out of the hot Africa, mainly through the Caucasus area, to Central and Northern Asia Europe, because this was the only access by land to the north when the ice melted in the North and the North became habitable.
13.
Directly south of the Caucasus spring the rivers Euphrates and Tigris. This
area is the country of origin of Abraham's family. This is where Adam and Eve
lived after they lost paradise or the Garden of Eden. The mountain
"Ararat" in the southern part of the Caucasus is the mountain where
Noah's Ark released the surviving species.
14. This is the homeland of the Indo-European Caucasian (white) race.
15. The Vedic literature has an origin story that is different from the previous, yet it has intriguing surprising parallels. According to the Vedas, everything starts with Sri Narayana, God, Krishna.
16. The Aitareya Upanishad states that He (God) thought: "Shall I bring forth the worlds?” And he brought forth the worlds. After being inspired by hearing mantra- divine sound- Brahma created the world. At the beginning of Brahma's life the mantra was Aum or OM, but later it became the mantra: klim krishnaya govindaya gopijanavallabaya svaha. These are names of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Krishna means All-Attractive, Govinda, the herder of wish-fulfilling cows, Gopijanavallabha, the one in love with the divine cowherd-women.
17. One of Brahma's sons was Marici. His son was Kasyapa Muni. From this Muni came, about 120 million years ago, at the beginning of this manvantara (era), the Indo-Europeans. Kasyapa Muni meditated near the Caspian Sea, which is named after him.
14. This is the homeland of the Indo-European Caucasian (white) race.
15. The Vedic literature has an origin story that is different from the previous, yet it has intriguing surprising parallels. According to the Vedas, everything starts with Sri Narayana, God, Krishna.
16. The Aitareya Upanishad states that He (God) thought: "Shall I bring forth the worlds?” And he brought forth the worlds. After being inspired by hearing mantra- divine sound- Brahma created the world. At the beginning of Brahma's life the mantra was Aum or OM, but later it became the mantra: klim krishnaya govindaya gopijanavallabaya svaha. These are names of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Krishna means All-Attractive, Govinda, the herder of wish-fulfilling cows, Gopijanavallabha, the one in love with the divine cowherd-women.
17. One of Brahma's sons was Marici. His son was Kasyapa Muni. From this Muni came, about 120 million years ago, at the beginning of this manvantara (era), the Indo-Europeans. Kasyapa Muni meditated near the Caspian Sea, which is named after him.
See
step 12 and 13, how this is parallel with modern science and the western and
middle-east religions.
18. From the marriage of Kasyapa and Aditi, Vivasvan, the sun god was born. Also the Sri Rama Avatara (incarnation, literally one who descends from the spiritual world to the material world), God, took His birth in Vivasvan’s family or the Surya-vamsa, the family of the progenitor Surya, the sun god.
19. From the marriage of Kasyapa and Diti came the Daityas - "of Diti" - or demons. They spread over the West (Europe). The names "Titans" and "Teutons" were given later and are derived from the word daitya.
20. Another son of Brahma was Atri. Soma or Candra (the divine manifestation or demigod, who governs the moon) came from Atri. Buddha (not of the Buddhists), the king of the planet Mercury came from Candra. A son of Buddha was Pururava. Ayu came from him. From Ayu came Nahusha and from Nahusha, Yajati. Yajati had five sons, including Yadu. From Yadu came the Yadu dynasty in which Krishna and Balarama appeared. The Vaisnavas consider Vishnu an expansion of Krishna, and thus under Krishna and Krishna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
21. From Yayati's son Puru came the Kuru dynasty in which Bhisma, Dhritarastra, Arjuna, Yudhisthira, Bhima , Duryodhana and Maharaja Pariksit were born.
22. Another son of Puru was Pravira. His son was Manasyu ("yu," the uniter) also called Menes, who according to Western historians founded the first dynasty in Egypt. The name Paurava's, Puru's descendants, later corrupted to "Pharaohs." Yadu and the other sons of Yayati were forced to work under Puru. Eventually they went out of Egypt and were persecuted. Here Judaism arose.
23. Egypt was named after Ajapati, the son of the Aja clan. Aja was the grandfather of Lord Sri Ramacandra. Sri Ramacandra appeared in the Surya-vamsa (family) of Vivasvan and Vaivasvata Manu. Another name for Suryadeva (an expansion of Krishna) God immanent is Ravi. Ra was their supreme God, the creator of this branch of the Surya vamsa. Siva or (Maha) Isvara, the controller of the material world, became Osiris.
The pyramids were built on the model of the smasana-cit altars for the Vedic cremation rituals. The positions of the various parts of the building reflect the positions of the stars and the upper parts points out for the soul, the Pitri-lokas, a kind of heavenly planets.
24. Also, some members of the Pandava family came to Egypt (and Europe) after Dvaraka, Krishna's residence on this planet, disappeared. They settled in Ishwar (God) laya (country) or Israel. From the Essenes (Isa means controller, a name of Siva. They were worshipers of Siva) came Jesus (Isa) Christ (of Krishna).
25. Three other rebellious sons of Yajati got kingdoms outside India. Yavana (or Turvasu) got Turkey, Persia. According to the Mahabharata (Adi Parva 85.34) Turvasu fought for Duryodhana on the battlefield of Kuruksetra. Anu was given Greece and Italy.
26. Again there was a migration, put in motion by Parasurama (also a descendant of Pururava) who drove out a branch of the Yadu's demonic Haihaya kings and followers, mainly to Egypt. They were kings there. Some came to Europe and mingled with the barbarians there and others settled in the border regions of Europe and Asia, Turkey and Greece.
27. Around 4000 BC Druhyus, the fifth son of Yayati, was exiled to Europe. From Druhyu came the Druids, who were in turn connected to the Dravidians, followers of the wise man ("vid") Drastha. Some barbarian tribes (more or less ksatriya) came from him. This settled mainly in France and England.
28. Around the same time the Saxena's, a ksatriya clan, were expelled from India. These were the Saxons, who settled in Western Europe.
29. The Kuruksetra war in 3138 BC, described in the Mahabharata and where the Bhagavad-Gita was spoken by Krishna, destroyed the global varnasrama-dharma system, or Vedic social-political system and it gradually fell into disrepair.
30. Before this the Vedic culture was more or less everywhere, but mainly in India. Civilization means living in a pleasant environment, such as the tropics. Therefore Patala-bhumi (the hellish or low land), the western hemisphere and particularly the north, were avoided.
31. Around 2000 BC various groups of India’s Indo-Europeans left to go to the west. Just as it had already happened before: to teach (such as a group of shamans, scholars, which later became known as Germans), to rule and to establish varnasrama-dharma system or to emigrate, because the river Sarasvati was dried up. Also some were exiled after the decline of the Vedic lifestyle.
32. In 800 BC the Kalatoya came to the West. They were from the area south of Kashmir. These became the Celts. They left India in 2000 BC when the river Sarasvati dried up. In 1000 BC they arrived at the Danube, the river that flows through the land of the Danavas or demons.
33. The people of Alinas (Hellenes) were one of the first who migrated from India (to Greece, in Greek "Hellas"). According to the Mahabharata (Adi Parva 174.38) Bhima and Sahadeva conquered the Pulindas (Greeks) because they had given up dharma.
33b. Thus in any part of the Earth we, mortals, can trace our origin and genealogical table or tree.
One of our common ancestors or forefathers is Kasyapa Rsi (=muni or sage), whose father is Marici. His father is Brahma, whose cause is Garbhodakasayi Visnu, who is from Maha-Visna, who is from Maha-Sankarsana. Above Him is Sankarsana or Balarama in Dvaraka, then above Him is Mula– or Adi-Sankarsana or Balarama in Vrndavana, then Krishna, The First, The Supreme Personality of Godhead.
34. The word Norway is derived from the Sanskrit narak, or hell. Soviet comes from sveta (white). Russia from rushis or rsis (sages), who meditated there. Siberia from the Sanskrit word for inhospitable, camping. Scandinavia from Skanda, the commander of the denizens of heaven. They navigated on behalf of Skanda and worshiped Skanda.
The word Viking and the English "king" is derived from the Sanskrit singh (lion). The Vikings were big white-haired daityas.
35. The Alpine name is derived from "alpa", small. They are small compared to the Himalayas.
36. In many places in Europe murti's (images) of Krishna, Shiva and other divine manifestations were found.
37. According to the puranas, the history books of the Vedas, and the smaller puranas, the Upa puranas, there were floods around 11,000 BC to the end of the Ice Age. Vaivasvata Manu (Noah) and his family were, thanks to their boat, practically the only survivors. After twelve great wars between the deva's (divine) and the asuras (demons, the wicked) east of the Caucasus was assigned to the deva's and west to the asuras. Both were members of the Surya-vamsa.
38. Some asuras were along with Maya-danava exiled to South America, Patala bhumi / loka, or the inferior country under (and opposite of) Punya-Bhumi, the pious or prosperous land. Maya-danava is the engineer under the Danavas. His permanent residence is Talatala-loka (9000 yojanas south of the Bhu-mandala) where the UFOs, flying saucers, are created. The Mayans, followers of Mayadanava, called their land Amaraka of "Amaru" (immortal). Asuras often think that death is something that will not happen to them.
18. From the marriage of Kasyapa and Aditi, Vivasvan, the sun god was born. Also the Sri Rama Avatara (incarnation, literally one who descends from the spiritual world to the material world), God, took His birth in Vivasvan’s family or the Surya-vamsa, the family of the progenitor Surya, the sun god.
19. From the marriage of Kasyapa and Diti came the Daityas - "of Diti" - or demons. They spread over the West (Europe). The names "Titans" and "Teutons" were given later and are derived from the word daitya.
20. Another son of Brahma was Atri. Soma or Candra (the divine manifestation or demigod, who governs the moon) came from Atri. Buddha (not of the Buddhists), the king of the planet Mercury came from Candra. A son of Buddha was Pururava. Ayu came from him. From Ayu came Nahusha and from Nahusha, Yajati. Yajati had five sons, including Yadu. From Yadu came the Yadu dynasty in which Krishna and Balarama appeared. The Vaisnavas consider Vishnu an expansion of Krishna, and thus under Krishna and Krishna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
21. From Yayati's son Puru came the Kuru dynasty in which Bhisma, Dhritarastra, Arjuna, Yudhisthira, Bhima , Duryodhana and Maharaja Pariksit were born.
22. Another son of Puru was Pravira. His son was Manasyu ("yu," the uniter) also called Menes, who according to Western historians founded the first dynasty in Egypt. The name Paurava's, Puru's descendants, later corrupted to "Pharaohs." Yadu and the other sons of Yayati were forced to work under Puru. Eventually they went out of Egypt and were persecuted. Here Judaism arose.
23. Egypt was named after Ajapati, the son of the Aja clan. Aja was the grandfather of Lord Sri Ramacandra. Sri Ramacandra appeared in the Surya-vamsa (family) of Vivasvan and Vaivasvata Manu. Another name for Suryadeva (an expansion of Krishna) God immanent is Ravi. Ra was their supreme God, the creator of this branch of the Surya vamsa. Siva or (Maha) Isvara, the controller of the material world, became Osiris.
The pyramids were built on the model of the smasana-cit altars for the Vedic cremation rituals. The positions of the various parts of the building reflect the positions of the stars and the upper parts points out for the soul, the Pitri-lokas, a kind of heavenly planets.
24. Also, some members of the Pandava family came to Egypt (and Europe) after Dvaraka, Krishna's residence on this planet, disappeared. They settled in Ishwar (God) laya (country) or Israel. From the Essenes (Isa means controller, a name of Siva. They were worshipers of Siva) came Jesus (Isa) Christ (of Krishna).
25. Three other rebellious sons of Yajati got kingdoms outside India. Yavana (or Turvasu) got Turkey, Persia. According to the Mahabharata (Adi Parva 85.34) Turvasu fought for Duryodhana on the battlefield of Kuruksetra. Anu was given Greece and Italy.
26. Again there was a migration, put in motion by Parasurama (also a descendant of Pururava) who drove out a branch of the Yadu's demonic Haihaya kings and followers, mainly to Egypt. They were kings there. Some came to Europe and mingled with the barbarians there and others settled in the border regions of Europe and Asia, Turkey and Greece.
27. Around 4000 BC Druhyus, the fifth son of Yayati, was exiled to Europe. From Druhyu came the Druids, who were in turn connected to the Dravidians, followers of the wise man ("vid") Drastha. Some barbarian tribes (more or less ksatriya) came from him. This settled mainly in France and England.
28. Around the same time the Saxena's, a ksatriya clan, were expelled from India. These were the Saxons, who settled in Western Europe.
29. The Kuruksetra war in 3138 BC, described in the Mahabharata and where the Bhagavad-Gita was spoken by Krishna, destroyed the global varnasrama-dharma system, or Vedic social-political system and it gradually fell into disrepair.
30. Before this the Vedic culture was more or less everywhere, but mainly in India. Civilization means living in a pleasant environment, such as the tropics. Therefore Patala-bhumi (the hellish or low land), the western hemisphere and particularly the north, were avoided.
31. Around 2000 BC various groups of India’s Indo-Europeans left to go to the west. Just as it had already happened before: to teach (such as a group of shamans, scholars, which later became known as Germans), to rule and to establish varnasrama-dharma system or to emigrate, because the river Sarasvati was dried up. Also some were exiled after the decline of the Vedic lifestyle.
32. In 800 BC the Kalatoya came to the West. They were from the area south of Kashmir. These became the Celts. They left India in 2000 BC when the river Sarasvati dried up. In 1000 BC they arrived at the Danube, the river that flows through the land of the Danavas or demons.
33. The people of Alinas (Hellenes) were one of the first who migrated from India (to Greece, in Greek "Hellas"). According to the Mahabharata (Adi Parva 174.38) Bhima and Sahadeva conquered the Pulindas (Greeks) because they had given up dharma.
33b. Thus in any part of the Earth we, mortals, can trace our origin and genealogical table or tree.
One of our common ancestors or forefathers is Kasyapa Rsi (=muni or sage), whose father is Marici. His father is Brahma, whose cause is Garbhodakasayi Visnu, who is from Maha-Visna, who is from Maha-Sankarsana. Above Him is Sankarsana or Balarama in Dvaraka, then above Him is Mula– or Adi-Sankarsana or Balarama in Vrndavana, then Krishna, The First, The Supreme Personality of Godhead.
34. The word Norway is derived from the Sanskrit narak, or hell. Soviet comes from sveta (white). Russia from rushis or rsis (sages), who meditated there. Siberia from the Sanskrit word for inhospitable, camping. Scandinavia from Skanda, the commander of the denizens of heaven. They navigated on behalf of Skanda and worshiped Skanda.
The word Viking and the English "king" is derived from the Sanskrit singh (lion). The Vikings were big white-haired daityas.
35. The Alpine name is derived from "alpa", small. They are small compared to the Himalayas.
36. In many places in Europe murti's (images) of Krishna, Shiva and other divine manifestations were found.
37. According to the puranas, the history books of the Vedas, and the smaller puranas, the Upa puranas, there were floods around 11,000 BC to the end of the Ice Age. Vaivasvata Manu (Noah) and his family were, thanks to their boat, practically the only survivors. After twelve great wars between the deva's (divine) and the asuras (demons, the wicked) east of the Caucasus was assigned to the deva's and west to the asuras. Both were members of the Surya-vamsa.
38. Some asuras were along with Maya-danava exiled to South America, Patala bhumi / loka, or the inferior country under (and opposite of) Punya-Bhumi, the pious or prosperous land. Maya-danava is the engineer under the Danavas. His permanent residence is Talatala-loka (9000 yojanas south of the Bhu-mandala) where the UFOs, flying saucers, are created. The Mayans, followers of Mayadanava, called their land Amaraka of "Amaru" (immortal). Asuras often think that death is something that will not happen to them.
39.
Evolution and Big Bang are wrong. Thus God did the Creation. God descended 5000
years ago.
40. Krishna, God, exists.
Arguments from philosophy of science
The proof that there is no proof that God does not exist; there is no evidence, and experience that non-gods (chance, forces, energies, nature) control the events in the cosmos. It can only be done by divine persons.
1. No scientists has been able to show or prove by experiment or even by theory all the steps from before the Big Bang to the molecules, amino acids, proteins, microbes, plants, fishes, reptiles, mammals to the 7 billion humans as per the year 2015.
2. Even if some scientist could imitate some steps of the process in nature then it was he, the person, who in his laboratory did, what the gods are already doing in nature; he made it in his laboratory, proving that there is no chance or mechanistic evolution in nature.
3. In human society no events are done by chance, forces, energies or nature.
4. The cosmos is created, maintained and active because of Gods, unseen persons. That is the only way it can be explained.
5. The hierarchy or system of divine managers of the cosmos ends with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in heaven as the hierarchy of managers of the prison house and state has at the top the king in his palace.
40. Krishna, God, exists.
Arguments from philosophy of science
The proof that there is no proof that God does not exist; there is no evidence, and experience that non-gods (chance, forces, energies, nature) control the events in the cosmos. It can only be done by divine persons.
1. No scientists has been able to show or prove by experiment or even by theory all the steps from before the Big Bang to the molecules, amino acids, proteins, microbes, plants, fishes, reptiles, mammals to the 7 billion humans as per the year 2015.
2. Even if some scientist could imitate some steps of the process in nature then it was he, the person, who in his laboratory did, what the gods are already doing in nature; he made it in his laboratory, proving that there is no chance or mechanistic evolution in nature.
3. In human society no events are done by chance, forces, energies or nature.
4. The cosmos is created, maintained and active because of Gods, unseen persons. That is the only way it can be explained.
5. The hierarchy or system of divine managers of the cosmos ends with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in heaven as the hierarchy of managers of the prison house and state has at the top the king in his palace.
6.
There is no proof or argument against God’s existence; that Brahman (spiritual
light) or sunya (zero) or any non-god create and control.
7. God exists.
The argument of the supreme scientist
1. When we think calmly and carefully about this wonderful universe, we can see that everything is working under the control of a supreme brain. The arrangements in nature are perfectly ordered. Things would be at random without the careful planning of a scientific and engineering brain. It is a common understanding that there is a cause behind each action. A machine cannot run without an operator. Modern scientists are very proud of automation, but there is a scientific brain behind automation also. When we talk about “brain” and “operator,” these terms imply a person.
2. Examples of the wonderful creations of the Supreme Scientist, the Supreme Creator Krishna.
- The energy the sun emits in one second is greater than the whole amount of energy the human species has consumed throughout its entire history. Yet it is only one of the countless number of stars floating in the sky. This material universe is running like intricate, well-oiled clockwork according to great natural physical laws and principles. Scientists have gained great acclaim for making a few spaceships, whereas Krishna effortlessly produces gigantic spaceships, such as planets and stars, which are perfectly equipped and maintained. Each year the seasons change quite periodically, producing symptoms unique to each season.
-The molecular framework for each definite color or aroma is wonderfully unique. A little change in position of a few atoms in the molecule, a little variation in the geometry of the molecule or a slight change in the size of the molecule can cause a color to change from orange to red, a mild, pleasing aroma to become repellent and pungent, and a flavor to change from sweet to bitter.
-Charcoal, graphite and diamonds are all derived from the same element, carbon, and yet the shining and transparent diamond is extremely hard, whereas graphite is soft, black and opaque. This is due to the difference in the crystalline forms of these molecules. In the crystal lattice of the diamond, each carbon atom is tetrahedrally surrounded by four other carbon atoms at a distance of 1.54 angstroms (one angstrom = 10<-8> cm.). In graphite, by contrast, the three bonds of each carbon atom are distorted so as to lie in the same plane, the fourth bond being directed perpendicularly to this plane to link with a carbon atom of the neighboring layer.
In this way we can cite innumerable examples of molecular networks so fantastically and delicately arranged that chemists cannot but wonder about the most expert hand and brain who is making all these wonderful artistic arrangements in His laboratory. *
-Professor R.B. Woodward of Harvard, a Nobel Prize winner in chemistry (1965) and Professor A. Eschenmoser of Zurich took eleven years to synthesize the vitamin B12 molecule. Altogether, ninety-nine scientists from nineteen different countries were involved just to accomplish this one small task. Yet Krishna is making all these complex molecules at will, in a moment.
3. The Supreme Scientist (Inventor and Creator), God exists.
The proof of reincarnation (A) and liberation (B)
A
1. Ian Stevenson a psychiatrist and the director of the Division of Perceptual Studies at the University of Virginia School of Medicine became well known for his research into reincarnation, the idea that emotions, memories, and even physical injuries in the form of birthmarks, can be transferred from one life to another.
2. Over a period of 40 years, he recorded 3,000 cases of children around the world who claimed to remember past lives, providing thus a nowadays respected collection of scientific proof for reincarnation.
3. Many persons claiming to have lived before exhibit special skills, such as playing an instrument or speaking a language they appeared not to have learned. The many details that were recorded from them were all verified for example the name, living place, the names of family members and stories connected to them.
4. The Vedic wisdom similarly speaks about the soul reincarnating from one life to another carrying with him the particular way of thinking, feelings and desires. As long as there are material desires and material attachments to this material world one has to be born again.
5. It is seen that a particular soul takes birth in a particular family which has a similar mentality or talent; since the soul cannot choose in which family to take birth there must be a controller that guides his wanderings life after life.
6. That guide has to be all-pervading to know the mentalities of all the living entities.
7. This is the description of God who guides all the souls, life after life.
8. God exists.
7. God exists.
The argument of the supreme scientist
1. When we think calmly and carefully about this wonderful universe, we can see that everything is working under the control of a supreme brain. The arrangements in nature are perfectly ordered. Things would be at random without the careful planning of a scientific and engineering brain. It is a common understanding that there is a cause behind each action. A machine cannot run without an operator. Modern scientists are very proud of automation, but there is a scientific brain behind automation also. When we talk about “brain” and “operator,” these terms imply a person.
2. Examples of the wonderful creations of the Supreme Scientist, the Supreme Creator Krishna.
- The energy the sun emits in one second is greater than the whole amount of energy the human species has consumed throughout its entire history. Yet it is only one of the countless number of stars floating in the sky. This material universe is running like intricate, well-oiled clockwork according to great natural physical laws and principles. Scientists have gained great acclaim for making a few spaceships, whereas Krishna effortlessly produces gigantic spaceships, such as planets and stars, which are perfectly equipped and maintained. Each year the seasons change quite periodically, producing symptoms unique to each season.
-The molecular framework for each definite color or aroma is wonderfully unique. A little change in position of a few atoms in the molecule, a little variation in the geometry of the molecule or a slight change in the size of the molecule can cause a color to change from orange to red, a mild, pleasing aroma to become repellent and pungent, and a flavor to change from sweet to bitter.
-Charcoal, graphite and diamonds are all derived from the same element, carbon, and yet the shining and transparent diamond is extremely hard, whereas graphite is soft, black and opaque. This is due to the difference in the crystalline forms of these molecules. In the crystal lattice of the diamond, each carbon atom is tetrahedrally surrounded by four other carbon atoms at a distance of 1.54 angstroms (one angstrom = 10<-8> cm.). In graphite, by contrast, the three bonds of each carbon atom are distorted so as to lie in the same plane, the fourth bond being directed perpendicularly to this plane to link with a carbon atom of the neighboring layer.
In this way we can cite innumerable examples of molecular networks so fantastically and delicately arranged that chemists cannot but wonder about the most expert hand and brain who is making all these wonderful artistic arrangements in His laboratory. *
-Professor R.B. Woodward of Harvard, a Nobel Prize winner in chemistry (1965) and Professor A. Eschenmoser of Zurich took eleven years to synthesize the vitamin B12 molecule. Altogether, ninety-nine scientists from nineteen different countries were involved just to accomplish this one small task. Yet Krishna is making all these complex molecules at will, in a moment.
3. The Supreme Scientist (Inventor and Creator), God exists.
The proof of reincarnation (A) and liberation (B)
A
1. Ian Stevenson a psychiatrist and the director of the Division of Perceptual Studies at the University of Virginia School of Medicine became well known for his research into reincarnation, the idea that emotions, memories, and even physical injuries in the form of birthmarks, can be transferred from one life to another.
2. Over a period of 40 years, he recorded 3,000 cases of children around the world who claimed to remember past lives, providing thus a nowadays respected collection of scientific proof for reincarnation.
3. Many persons claiming to have lived before exhibit special skills, such as playing an instrument or speaking a language they appeared not to have learned. The many details that were recorded from them were all verified for example the name, living place, the names of family members and stories connected to them.
4. The Vedic wisdom similarly speaks about the soul reincarnating from one life to another carrying with him the particular way of thinking, feelings and desires. As long as there are material desires and material attachments to this material world one has to be born again.
5. It is seen that a particular soul takes birth in a particular family which has a similar mentality or talent; since the soul cannot choose in which family to take birth there must be a controller that guides his wanderings life after life.
6. That guide has to be all-pervading to know the mentalities of all the living entities.
7. This is the description of God who guides all the souls, life after life.
8. God exists.
The proof of the
dynamite made tunnel.
1. Atheist: Our
theory is that there was a big chunk and from that everything else came.
It exploded. A
big bang occurred within some chemicals. If you think the term chunk outdated,
it can be compared in modern science with a field or cloud of singularities,
which are big banging and creating multi-universes.
2. Theist: Where
did the chunk come from? As a hill of earth is composed of many sub-atomic
particles in a specific, highly complex structure of atoms and molecules, you
have to prove that impersonal forces will act, or are acting and create a
primordial situation– the chunk. You have to put a collection of sub-atomic
particles in a certain place and see what happens.
Where is the
evidence that a chunk explodes automatically? We do not have that experience.
There is an explosion within a mountain to create a tunnel when there is
dynamite and the dynamite is provided by someone. How can an explosion take
place without the hand of someone, a living entity? Where is the proof of
matter acting automatically? First of all, the question will be, "Who made
this chunk?" Then, the next question will be, "How did the explosion
take place unless it was arranged by a living being?”
Is there any
evidence that matter explodes without a living being's touch?
3. Atheist: Yes,
the sun. There are so many explosions going on within the sun every day.
4. Theist: That
is the philosophy of vriscika-tandula-nyaya - a hill of rice gives birth to
scorpions. Explosions are going on, but behind all these explosions, all these
transformations, is the Supreme Lord. If there is a gas leak or high voltage
electricity in a house or factory and an explosion takes place, someone made
the gas tank or pipes, or the electricity system in which the explosion took
place.
Has anyone seen
the Big Bang starting to create by nature or quantum fluctuations? As you say,
“Show me. Seeing is believing.”
5. Atheist: Did
you see the beginning?
6. Theist: We see
a man-made planetarium, robots, dummies, plastic flowers etc. built by
designers who are conscious entities. Therefore logically the Big Bang had
intelligent designers, engineers and builders.
You are
postulating the chunk and that it exploded, but you cannot explain how the
chunk exploded. Sometimes we see that a patch of earth is heated by the
sunshine and eventually causing it to crack. Sometimes we see miles of cracked
clay. It is due to the sunshine drying it and at a certain point it breaks.
Similarly, the total material energy in the form of a chunk, or a sea of
particles, is agitated by the glance of Maha-vishnu and the modes of material
nature begin to act. He can agitate the material energy, and the creation
begins. Just like you'll find on the ground, so many flowers and grasses are
coming up. How? By the sunrise, the glance of the sun. Where there is no
sunshine, there the vegetables do not grow. We have got practical experience.
If there is no sun, the field or the earth is not exploding with the
vegetation. It is due to the sunshine. Therefore it is coming out. To the
foolish person, the power behind the explosion is not visible. Naham prakasah
sarvasya yoga-maya-samavritah [Bg. 7.25]. Krishna says that "I am not
visible to everyone, they are being covered by the curtain of yoga-maya."
Mudhah nabhijanati mam ebhyah param avyayam. Tribhir gunamayir bhavair mohitah.
We do not know who is the architect of the material creation. That is
Maha-vishnu, God immanent. There are many isvaras– controllers. Even in this
material world there are innumerable isvaras, but the sastra has analyzed that
the supreme isvara is Krishna. Isvarah paramah krishnah [Bs. 5.1]: "There
is no higher isvara than Krishna." Krishna also says, mattah parataram
nanyat: [Bg. 7.7] "There is no more. This is the end." As behind the
designers, engineers and builders of the tunnel under the mountain, is the government,
and the government is controlled by the president.
7. God exists,
and enjoys in heaven.
The proof of
eternal consciousness moving matter
1. Atheist: you
say that it is life which makes matter move, but we scientists don't accept
that.
2. Theist: How it
is moving?
3. Atheist: It's
a certain combination of matter.
4. Theist: You
make it. That means experiment. You simply observe, but you have no experiment.
Therefore it is not science.
You have to
demonstrate knowledge.
You make in the
laboratory or science institute, matter moving by this combination. Otherwise
it is useless. Therefore two things must be there: observation and experiment,
practical and theoretical. Theoretical—something is there moving. Now you make
it practical to see that this chemical combination is the original cause. Now
take the chemicals and make experiment.
b. First of all
explain something theoretically, as on high school: "Hydrogen, oxygen-mix
together it becomes water." It is faith. Then it is practically shown in
the laboratory. So faith is the beginning. Theoretical knowledge means faith.
Then experiment.
c. Atheist: “It
is DNA, RNA”. Theist: If you know what is life or the cause, then why don't you
replace it in a dead body and make it alive? What is that DNA? Put it into use.
In the classroom you theorize: "This DNA is going this way, that
way..." Now, who has made this arrangement, exactly going and in the same
way all the time? You cannot manufacture DNA and the movements also. Very
wonderful things are going on. You try to imitate nature, and you cannot;
nature has better scientists then you.
d. You give any
explanation except eternal consciousness. You give some alternative explanation
than eternal consciousness; you say chance, just nature doing,
quantum-so-and-so. But if you proof these forces in a scientific experiment you
have proven that consciousness is the cause.
5. Atheist: It is
some wonderful chemical mixture that we have not discovered yet, very
mysterious chemistry. It is all based on this idea of a study of quantum
forces, genes and chromosomes, genetics. We have so many words for describing
how it happens.
Theist: Jugglery,
word jugglery.
Atheist: DNA,
RNA.
Theist: But still
you can't explain the power force that activates them. You still can't explain
the actual source of power that activates those chemicals.
6. Theist: Make
an egg.
Atheist: In
principle we can make all chemicals in the egg.
But they don't
make life, yet.
Theist: In the
future you can do everything, but at the end it is failure.
Atheist: The
chemical composition of the egg can be synthesized.
Theist: I say
that you do it, and make it egg-shaped, and now we have artificial incubation.
Why take the egg
from the chicken?
Atheist: We can
make the chemicals, but life cannot come out of that.
Theist: Then why
do you say that life comes from chemicals? Why do you make this false
propaganda? That is our protest. You cannot do it, and still you make false
propaganda.
7. Atheist:
Khorana from MIT, the Indian who got the Nobel Prize some years ago, is one of
the big scientists in this molecular biology. He synthesized this code gene,
one of the small fragments of the DNA molecule. It's supposed to be the basic
molecule for all living systems. So the promise was about ten years ago that
once they synthesized this gene, complete synthesis, then they'll be able to
make life in the test tube. But it's not working. They have synthesized it now.
We failed.
8. Life/ eternal
consciousness/ God and the eternal soul cause matter to move.
9. God exists.
The argument of
the science of science
1. Atheist: we
can see that by these inborn laws of nature all these things are going on. We
don't see where there is need of some person behind it. These things are going
on. Each planet has its own gravitational force; therefore they are balancing
each other in the universe.
2. Theist: You do
that. You float one ball if you are so confident.
3. Atheist: I
cannot do it, but nature is doing it.
4. Theist: You do
not know who is doing. You are thinking everyone like you. Everyone is thinking
that 'the other party is like me.' When a planetarium is seen, a child says ‘it
is just going on’, but the only cause is a designer and constructor.
a. God– Lord
Ramacandra- throws a stone, it floats because He is God. When you throw a
stone, it will drown. When God makes one big planet floating, it floats. You
cannot do it.
b. You have no
power to evaporate water and make it into a cloud and distribute it. Very
easily it is being done. Then why don't you accept somebody's doing that? There
are oceans and seas. Why you scientist cannot bring the water, make a cloud and
pour water? Where is that science? When drops and streams come from your shower
you know there is intelligence behind it. When similarly rain comes down from
the clouds there is a superhuman intelligence behind it.
c. Anything you
do or make, it requires intelligence. Similarly, God’s intelligence invisibly
acts in Nature.
d. Just like
someone has made a garland of flowers. Somebody intelligent has made this
decoration. So who has made the flowers and leaves? Someone made this
garland, one red flower, then yellow flower etc, to make it very attractive,
but who has made this flower? I am taking the flowers to make it more beautiful
by setting them in this way, but who has made this beautiful flower? Whose
brain is there?
You have to
accept. Because you are somebody, you are trying to make something more
beautiful by setting up the different flowers, so which somebody has made the
flower?
e. That is
intelligence. There must be some brain. That is philosophy. Philosophy means to
search out the ultimate, the Absolute Truth, God, the first cause.
Janmady asya
yatah [SB 1.1.1]. Athato brahma jijnasa. That is philosophy. Philosophy is the
science of science. Sarva-karana-karanam [Bs. 5.1]. The first science.
5. Atheist:
Say what is God. What do you mean by God?
6. Theist:
"God is the force moving the universe," A child can also see the
force. But behind the force, who is there? Whenever there is force, there must
be one person forceful, who is forcing. That is God.
7. God exists.
The argument that
nature as the Supreme Cause cannot be shown and seen
1. Atheist:
Nature has generated everything on its own. Just like theists say that God did
it.
2. Theist: Where
is that nature, generating everything? Where is that nature? Show me.
3. Atheist: Corn
produces the seeds as well as the plant.
4. Theist: Then
wherefrom the corn came?
5. Atheist: From
itself. You see, we theorize that naturally…
6. Theist:
Theorize, theorize. But we see corn is produced when the seeds are thrown on
the ground, then corns are produced. Wherefrom is the corn coming. The corn is
not dropping from the sky.
7. Atheist:
Originally…
8. Theist: You
have not seen an original coming by itself.
9. Atheist: Well,
originally, we say, it was just some chance combination of atoms and molecules…
10. Theist:
Chance means you are a rascal. Nothing takes place with chance. Plastic flowers
are made by a person designing and creating. God, similarly, designs and
creates the flowers and everything else in the cosmos from the original
subatomic particles.
11. God exists.
The argument on
the first cause
1. Atheists often
argue that theists are trapped in an infinite regress. They challenge,
“If God made everything, who made God?” as if the only answer is a God-maker,
who required a God-maker-maker, and so on. But the argument clings just
as much, if not more so, to the atheist. Since nobody can think the
universe came from absolutely nothing (i.e., no mass, no energy, no categories,
no information, no concepts); since nothing or no-thing does not exist,
everybody has to start with an eternal reality – an uncaused cause. The
question then becomes if the eternal reality is personal or impersonal.
But why then or how would an impersonal reality ever give rise to personality?
We have no experience of such a happening; this has never ever happened. But
personalities being productive of persons and impersonal or matter we see only
and always. And how would a personal being be able to know it to be true,
unless truth also presupposes personal cognition? The personal uncaused
cause is therefore a superior starting point.
2. A supreme
person who is the uncaused cause of everything is a definition of God.
3. God exists.
The proof of God
in every non-human movement of the material world
1. Darwin's
theory begins in the ocean. He says that some fish-type animal climbed out of
the ocean and began to breathe the air.
2. Challenge:
Then wherefrom the ocean came?
3. “In the
beginning on the planet there was great turbulence and the oceans were
stirring, and then there was some lightning charge.”
4. Challenge:
Wherefrom the lightning came? And wherefrom the ocean came?
5. “It all began
from a primeval explosion.”
6. Challenge:
Then same question, wherefrom the explosion came?
7. “That
explosion began at time zero. Time began then, at time zero. And if you ask the
question, "What was before that?" that's not a logical, sensible
question. It's a question that should not even be asked.”
8. Challenge: You
are beginning from zero. How you can begin from zero? Everything comes from
nothing then. Space is an infinity of points, so time is an infinity of single
instants, with no beginning and end.
9. “It all
originates from a giant mass of primordial matter.”
10. Challenge:
Then same question comes "Wherefrom the matter comes?”
11. “It's an
accident.”
12. Challenge:
Where is the accident? Nothing is accident, everything is cause and effect. In
the beginning there was God. That is the beginning. Janmady asya yatah [SB 1.1.1].
Aham evasam agree [SB 2.9.33]. And Bhagavad-gita, aham sarvasya prabhavah
mattah sarvam pravartate [Bg. 10.8]. This is proven philosophy.
"Everything begins from God." Now you can say, "Wherefrom God
came?" But that is God. God is eternally existing, He is not caused by any
other cause, He is the original cause. Anadir adih: "He has no beginning,
but He is the beginning of everything." This is the conception of God.
Anadir adir govindah [Bs. 5.1]. That adi is Govinda, person, Krishna. Krishna
says, aham adir hi devanam [Bg 10.2]. We find from the history. Brahma -the
designer and creator of the material world- is the beginning. He is deva, one
of the demigods. Krishna says, aham adir hi devanam. So He is the cause of
Brahma also. This is the only possible philosophy. It doesn't begin from
zero or accident. This is not philosophy. As you eternal soul is the cause of
so many bodies and other creations– house, technology, children etc. and are
without cause, the first cause, so God is the cause of the Material Cosmic
Prison. And He lives Himself beyond that Prison.
13. God and
Heaven exist.
The argument of
the magician of the hyper quantum mechanics
1. Lawrence M.
Krauss is a theoretical physicist and director of the Origins Project at
Arizona State University.
2. In his latest
book, he claims to have shown why the latest physics proves that God is not
necessary to explain the universe’s existence and features.
3. Krauss claims
to demonstrate how quantum gravity not only allows our universe and other universes
to pop into existence out of nothing (that is, without the agency of a divine
being), but that quantum gravity actually appears to require nothing.
4. In the
flyleaf, the publisher writes that Krauss has provided an “antidote to outmoded
philosophical and religious thinking,” and a “game-changing entry into the
debate about the existence of God and everything that exists.”
5. But has Krauss
really proven that “God is dead”?
6. His fans may
say so, but Krauss himself backs away slightly from such a bold claim. Rather,
he admits that “one cannot rule out such a deistic view of nature.” This
deistic view “bears no logical connection to the personal deities of the
world’s great religions.” In other words, God may not be dead, but, according
to Krauss, he certainly is not personal or presently active.
7. One reason why
God, if he exists, may not be personal is that the universe appears to add up
to nothing.
8. Only in a flat
geometry universe (like ours appears to be) does the total “Newtonian
gravitational energy” of each cosmic object equal zero. This happens because
the negative energy of gravitational attraction cancels out the positive energy
of motion. Therefore, the net energy of the universe is zero and if that’s the
case, then the universe is essentially nothing. Krauss implies that if the
universe really adds up to nothing, why then must we feel compelled to invoke
“Someone” (like God) to explain its cause?
9. The Wilkinson
Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) satellite established the spatial curvature
of the universe, Ωk, to be between -0.0174 and +0.0051, where 0.0000 represents
perfect flatness. Consequently, Krauss does have a strong case for the total
Newtonian gravitational energy of the universe being zero or very close to
zero. However, there is more to the universe than Newtonian gravitational
energy.
10. Imagine
someone throwing a shot put straight up in the air, at one point when the
shot’s upward kinetic energy exactly equals the downward gravitational energy,
although its motion energy is zero, we cannot say the shot put is nothing. It
is still a sphere of metal that weighs sixteen pounds.
12. Similarly,
though the total Newtonian gravitational energy of the universe is zero, the
universe still contains a huge amount of heat left over from the cosmic
creation event and enormous quantities of dark energy, exotic dark matter,
ordinary dark matter, and visible galaxies, stars, planets, dust, and gas.
Energy movements
may be neutralized but we see movements and the substance and its order need a cause.
Thus Krauss’s theory is very limited.
13. Further,
Krauss proposes that virtual particle production serves as an analogy for how
the universe came to exist.
14. Virtual
particle production is a natural outcome of the uncertainty principle of
quantum mechanics.
15. The quantum
fluctuations in the universe’s space-time fabric generate particles, provided
those particles revert to quantum space-time fluctuations before any human
observer can detect their appearance. Since these particles cannot be detected
directly, physicists refer to them as virtual particles. Krauss suggests that
the entire universe may have popped into existence by the same means.
16. However, on
this idea we have to make a note. For a system as massive as the observable
universe, the time for it to arise from nothingness (the space-time fabric) and
revert back to nothingness (the space-time fabric) must be less than 10-102
seconds (101 zeroes between the decimal point and 1). Arising, Generating
Operating, reverting and Destroying can be only done by G-O-D
(Generating-Operating-Destroying) or God doing this magic. The probability of a
quantum outcome occurring increases in proportion to the passage of time. That
is, the larger the time interval, the greater the probability that a quantum
outcome, like the production of a virtual particle, will take place. This
principle implies that if the time interval is zero, the probability for any
quantum event is zero.
17. The
space-time theorems prove that time has a beginning coincident with the
beginning of the universe. Thus, the time interval at the beginning of the
universe is zero. This eliminates quantum mechanics as a possible candidate for
being the natural generator of the universe.
18. Krauss
proposes that—in addition to the observable quantum mechanics constrained to
space and time—there is an unobserved hyper quantum mechanics that exists
beyond our universe. The Vedas call this pradhana (part of the causal ocean)
the original stock of matter. Here some dimension (or dimensions) of time,
entirely distinct from cosmic time, would permit space-time bubbles,
independent of the space or time dimensionality posited to exist beyond our
universe, to pop into existence spontaneously. In the Veda this is done by time
(kala) personified – Maha Vishnu.
19. However, if
the hyper quantum mechanics is anything like the quantum mechanics we observe,
then the space-time bubbles must also disappear spontaneously within extremely
brief time episodes.
20. Krauss
acknowledges that his appeal to some imagined hyper quantum mechanics to
explain the origin of the universe leads to a time episode problem. He suggests
that the problem might be solved if the universe experiences a very aggressive
inflationary expansion event before the hyper quantum mechanics forced the
newly generated space-time bubble (our universe) to disappear.
Only God can do
this. Only an engineer expands. There is no proof of another agent.
21. Inflation,
the integral part of big bang cosmology, refers to the brief but rapid
exponential expansion of the early universe by a factor of at least 1078 in
volume.
22. For our
universe, the inflation epoch lasted between 10-36 and 10-33 seconds. It
occurred near the very beginning of the electroweak era, during which three
forces of physics existed: gravity, the strong nuclear force, and the
electroweak force.
23. The
electroweak force is actually a blending of electromagnetism and the weak
nuclear force. This blending occurs only when the universe is very young and,
hence, very hot.
24. However, if the
universe is too young, the electroweak force will blend with the strong nuclear
force. When our universe was about 10-35 seconds old, the strong-electroweak
force separated into the strong nuclear force and the electroweak force.
25. Accordingly,
an inflation episode cannot begin in our universe until the universe is 10-35
seconds old. This albeit extremely brief time interval is 1067 times longer
than the time duration for a universe like ours to appear and then disappear
via the quantum pathway that produces virtual particles. This means it
cannot/doesn’t exist anymore before it can start to expand. Thus the theory of
Krauss disappears into nothingness.
26. Thus the
space-time theorem establishes that in all viable inflationary big bang models
the universe is subject to a beginning in finite time. The implication is that
they thus require a causal Agent beyond space and time to explain their
existence.
27. That causal
agent can be only God.
28. God the
Supreme Engineer and Magician exists.
The argument of
the book – God Is Not Great by Christopher Hitchens
1. God Is Not
Great: How Religion Poisons Everything is a 2007 book by the author and
journalist Christopher Hitchens (1949–2011) in which he criticizes religion.
2. He hardly
breaks a sweat in arguing that God does not exist; nevertheless, he thinks that
he has established it as beyond question.
3. For Hitchens’s
attack on all gods and religions to be successful, however, he would need to
furnish a strong argument denying the supernatural realm. Only then would it
follow that all the gods of all the religions would be merely of human design.
How a cloud of subatomic particles floating in an area of empty space combine
and produce something. Hitchens’s supernatural realm is electricity or
thunderbolts, pressures, explosions and magic or chance. But there is no
experiment where these have produced anything without an engineer manipulating
these. We say supernatural because have you ever seen a cloud in the sky
suddenly producing thunder and explosions. Only by interacting with external
objects can that happen. But this is not the situation before the Big Bang.
There was nothing then particles. And thunderbolts have only caused
destruction. There is no happy report of a thunderstruck.
4. Arguments
against theism are made in chapters 5 (“The Metaphysical Claims of Religion Are
False”) and 6 (“Arguments from Design”)
In both topics he
is thin and shrill; neither demonstrates even the slightest awareness of the
philosophical and scientific arguments for the existence of a personal and
moral creator and designer of the universe.
Hitchens does not
offer any new insights in the debate against religion.
Atheist
"arguments" regarding religion tend to fall into two categories:
actual logical arguments and whining about the evils of religion. Hitchens's
book falls firmly in the second camp.
He mentions
(without attribution) several Christian thinkers to the effect that
Christianity is opposed to reason.
For example,
Thomas Aquinas who said, “I am a man of one book,” in this way he misleads the
unsuspecting reader into thinking that Christianity always pits religious faith
against reason. And he doesn’t mention that this book “Summa Theologica” has
4000 pages.
5. Hitchens
scavenges around for many bad examples of illogic, ignorance, and outright
stupidity in religion. The straw man makes many loud-mouthed appearances in god
Is Not Great. He wrote "an agonizingly long laundry list of nasty things
done in the name of religion."
For him, if
religious people behave badly, that counts against God. On the other hand, if
they behave well, that means nothing because non-religious people can also
behave well.
6. He exposes an
unsettling new strategy among the "New Atheists": Forget building
sound arguments. Simply accuse, slander, and misrepresent, and do it the
loudest and rudest way possible.
7. His constant
mocking of religion just because of its history of inhumanity does nothing to
counteract the claim of religion defenders, that Jihadists are not true Muslims
and that Crusaders were not true Christians.
8. Bizarre
attacks on Mother Theresa.
9. True,
Christians often have been unchristian and positively immoral; Christians have
acted in ways that betray what the Bible teaches.
But, Christianity
was at the start and heart of the scientific revolution in Europe, beginning
around the middle of the sixteenth century.
10. Alfred North
Whitehead argued that modern science was born in a Christian cradle.
11. He ignores
(or chooses to ignore) the many arguments of modern religious apologists; there
is no mention of any of these.
12. It also just
begs for a theist to write a counter-"argument"-- a list of nasty
things done in the name of money, greed, power, etc.
13. Hitchens
doesn't really make any arguments. He instead gives numerous anecdotes about
religious people engaging in selfish, violent, perverse, and ignorant
behaviour. There's no question that religious people often fail to live good
lives, but this in itself doesn't amount to an argument against religion as
such, anymore than similar examples of atheists behaving badly would amount to
an argument against atheism. Both atheists and believers are sometimes noble
and sometimes base.
14. Hitchens
argues that religion “poisons everything,” but a strong historical case can be
made that Christianity in particular has motivated a host of beneficial
movements in history.
SOME ERRORS IN
THE BOOK
15. "Jews
borrowed and plagiarized Hanukah from the Christians."
15 a. Not
correct, Hanukah occurred 160 years before Jesus was born.
16. Hitchens says
that Spinoza's body was stolen after his death and desecrated by his tribe
members (the Jews).
16a. Again, an
invention; Spinoza was buried in the churchyard of the Nieuwe Kerk on Spui in
The Hague.
17. He rejects
the Old Testament as having been disproved by revisionist archaeology.
17a. These
conclusions are far from self-evident, as opposing scholars have noted.
18. He invokes
Hume’s famous critique of miracles.
18 a. He is not
aware that this argument has fallen on very hard times in contemporary philosophy.
19. He really
lacks a good scholarship of philosophy, history and science and gentleness.
20. Hitchens
ridicules the argument from design more than he rationally challenges it. He
uses the standard argument that nature manifests too many defects to be
designed.
21. He claims,
e.g., that the human eye is inefficiently designed and ineptly fashioned,
although the stock argument for this is false.
Religionists
counter that this world is the prison house for the rebel souls of paradise, as
Adam and Eve were put out of the Garden of Eden. The prison house is to be
limited, defective and miserable. The gates/bars of the prison house (the
senses) give limited view. Nor we find inside the prison luxurious, luscious,
heavenly gardens. Similarly the eye is defective, limited and views the world
of misery.
22. William
Dembski argues that if something in nature cannot be accounted for on the basis
of chance and/or natural law, then the best explanation for its basic structure
is design—that is, intelligent causation.
23. The complex
and specified informational patterns in DNA cannot be the result of natural
laws because they are too complicated; nor can their specificity be explained
by chance combinations because these are too improbable.
24. The best
explanation for this genetic language, therefore, is a designer.
25. ID theorists
conclude that design inference proves all of the important attributes of God,
and their arguments spell trouble for naturalism, which attempts to account for
everything in nature on the basis of impersonal chance and necessity. Although
there is no proof or experiment that a pile of particles left in open air under
nature’s sky will ever start to do something, nor will ever start exploding,
create thunderbolts and these acting back on themselves will develop themselves
into a mango tree.
26. Hitchens
hymns the praises of the knowledge gained from the Human Genome Project, but he
doesn't mention what he surely knows--that the project's leader, Francis
Collins, has made his Christian commitment quite public.
27. Nature,
according to atheism, was not created or designed by a rational Mind. To
atheists, mindless matter precedes the appearance of minds. However, no
laboratory experiment has been done, proving that matter on its own, without a
human mind involved, can evolve to E-coli’s, then to fishes, reptiles, monkeys,
7 billion humans.
28. Criticizing
bad examples of people of various religions does not disprove religions are bad
especially not because of God who in the scriptures gives very high standard to
be attained – a saintly behaviour.
29. Not
mentioning at all and not refuting in his book the various arguments for God’s
existence weakens his case against religion and God.
30. Despite his
greatest will, he could not establish that God does not exist.
31. God exists.
The argument of
transposons vs. ‘selfish genes’ of Dawkins
1. In 1976,
evolutionist Richard Dawkins described[1] how he thought life on earth was
characterized by selfish genes competing for propagation within the genomes of
countless creatures.
2. Since then,
science has discovered the unique segments of DNA called transposons able to
insert copies of themselves into plant and animal DNA. Are transposons trying
to take over their host genomes, thus demonstrating the selfish behavior
described by Dawkins? The answer is “no.”
3. Transposons
don't just randomly invade a genome but insert copies of themselves into very
specific places on chromosomes.
4. The
best-studied transposons are the "P elements" found in fruit flies. A
recent study of P elements published online in the Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences appears to have discovered the source of the "highly
nonrandom selectivity of P element insertion."[2]
5. What many P
insertion sites share in common is an ability to function as starting sites or
"origins" for DNA duplication. This association between P elements
and the machinery of genome duplication suggested that they can coordinate
their movement with DNA replication.[3]
6. Evolutionists
have been trying to work transposons into an overall evolutionary scheme of
genetic development. They were curious "Does a selfish drive to increase
copy number by replication timing influence the evolution of genome
organization?"[2]
7. First,
transposons target specific sites. If they were truly "selfish," they
should show no preference for location.
8. Because
transposons serve a very particular purpose, inserting themselves into specific
DNA sites for a biologically significant reason, they must have been designed
and created.
9. The
transposons' copy numbers are controlled and eventually stopped by inherited
cellular mechanisms that seem to "understand" exactly what the
transposon is doing.
10. If the
transposon is selfishly competing with the genome in order to survive and
reproduce, as Dawkins described, then why does the transposon interact with its
host genome in a cooperative manner that fits like a hand in a glove?
11. Additionally,
most genes on earth are plant genes that serve largely selfless roles,[4] and
also "jumping genes" (DNA sequences that move from one location on
the genome to another) do not exhibit signs of selfishness.
12. Genes do not
struggle against one another, but at almost every level have been found to mesh
with coordinated, well-planned precision to perform tasks that serve their
larger organisms.
13. Such a
behavior could only have resulted from deliberate engineering by a superior
Designer who designed all the minute details of DNA on the nanoscopic level.
14. This could
have been possible only for God.
15. The cell is
like a micro-state or -metropolis.
As an ideal
perfect state as Ramaraja in India or any peaceful god-loving society or any
good working civilization or metropolis is designed by a creator, the cell is
created by God.
16. God exists
References
1. Dawkins, R.
1976. The Selfish Gene. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
2. Spradling, A.
C., H. J. Bellen and R. A. Hoskins. Drosophila P elements preferentially
transpose to
replication
origins. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. Published online
before print September 6, 2011.
3. A
"Jumping Gene's" preferred targets may influence genome evolution.
Carnegie Institution for Science news release, September 6, 2011.
4. Demick, D..
2000. The Unselfish Green Gene. Acts & Facts. 29 (7).
The argument of
answers to “The God Delusion” by Richard Dawkins (1)
1. The infinite
regress of Dawkins. Dawkins reasons that if God were an explanation for the
existence of our complex universe then God would be an even more complex and
improbable entity, which moreover would need an even bigger explanation for its
existence.
1a. Plantinga
notes in his review of the book this argument is so primitive that it would
receive a failing grade in a sophomore philosophy class, because Aristotle
already refuted “regress ad infinitum” in his “On the motion of animals.” He
gives the example of a mouse trying to climb a mountain of grains or sand. It
has no solid substrate so it will not get up. If there is no first cause, the
chain of further causes and effects has no standing and will not take place.
1b. Infinite
regression of finite causes does not answer the question of source; it merely
makes the effects more numerous.
1c. Thus, the
only philosophically plausible possibility that remains is that the universe
was made by an unmade Cause greater than itself.
2. Dawkins
discusses the so-called anthropic principle, which states that reality must be
such as to produce any phenomenon we now observe, and specifically must be such
as to produce humans like us.
3. Dawkins notes
that theists claim that the answer is some supernatural action by God which
started life on Earth. So his best alternative answer on behalf of all the
atheists is – the anthropic principle.
4. Even if for
the sake of argument we accept this argument, the anthropic principle is
personalized, namely it is able to plan details about creation, create laws,
control the process of creation etc. So it seems that the ‘anthropic principle’
is the name of God for atheists. The same God accepted by all religions.
5. On the page
136, Dawkins writes: "The great majority of planets in the universe are
... not suitable for life. ... However small the minority of planets with just
the right conditions for life may be, we necessarily have to be on one of that
minority, because here we are thinking about it." So, from the premise
that life can evolve by itself (i.e. on naturalistic grounds) given the right
planet it follows that our planet has had these right conditions. But of course
whether life can or can't evolve by itself on *any* planet is the very question
under discussion, so here - again - Dawkins begs the question.
6. The
fine-tuning of the fundamental physical constants of the universe is also not
sufficiently dealt with by Dawkins.
7. If these constants
(e.g. the value of the strong force) were even a little off then life as we
know it could not evolve, so theists argue that this evidences God's design.
8. Dawkins fails
to mention how fine the fine-tuning is: if the combination of physical
constants were off only 1 part in 10^100 then life would not have evolved.
9. On the page
145 he again mentions his newly named God, writing: "Once again, the
anthropic principle does its explanatory duty".
9a. If something
cannot be explained in naturalism the anthropic principle is the one who always
does its miraculous duty. This explanation is the last resort.
10. Fine-tuning
as nowadays is to an incredible degree. It cannot be ruled out. There is no
better explanation for it, then that a designer developed it.
11. Here are
three examples of fine-tuning of the galaxy-sun-earth-moon system.
Gravitational interaction with a moon
- If greater:
tidal effects on the oceans, atmosphere, and rotational period would be too
severe.
- If less:
orbital obliquity changes would cause climatic instabilities; movement of
nutrients and life from the oceans to the continents and vice versa would be
insufficient; magnetic field would be too weak.
Jupiter distance
- If greater: too
many asteroid and comet collisions would occur on Earth.
- If less:
Earth's orbit would become unstable.
Oxygen to nitrogen ratio in atmosphere
- If larger:
advanced life functions would proceed too quickly.
- If smaller:
advanced life functions would proceed too slowly.
12. Considering all
the different points God the Super-intelligent Designer exists.
Argument from the
god delusion answered
1. Alister
McGrath, a fellow Oxford professor with Richard Dawkins conjointly wife his
wife Johanna Collicut McGrath wrote an answer to Dawkins' The God Delusion.
Their book is titled "The Dawkins Delusion?: Atheist Fundamentalism and
the Denial of the Divine." Alister McGrath, once an atheist himself,
earned his doctorate in molecular biophysics. After becoming convinced of God,
and converting to Christianity, McGrath went on to study theology. As a trained
scientist, respected theologian, and Oxford fellow, McGrath is well-positioned
to respond to Dawkins' bold claims.
2. He takes
arguments that Dawkin's makes to support HIS theory (there is no God, religion
is evil) and tests them against what is known.
3. He finds
Dawkin's argument's lacking depth, with several obvious "claims" to
be shown as nothing more than simple opinion– faith- based on some belief on
judging observations.
4. McGraths' in
his book does not refute every one of Dawkins' contentions but rather responds
selectively to a few of his points.
4a. Elaborating
why faith is not irrational nonsense, as Dawkins contends in many derisive
statements, McGraths also addresses Dawkins' improbability argument pointing
out, correctly, that 1) complexity is not an argument for improbability and
that 2) improbability is not a valid argument for non-existence.
4b. Science and
faith are not incompatible, as Dawkins seems to think. According to Dawkins,
evolution makes God unnecessary and thus, out. Stephen Jay Gould (America's
best known evolutionist who was also an atheist) disagreed, noting the great
number of evolutionary biologists who believe in God, in this excerpt from The
Rock of Ages cited by the McGraths (page 34): "Either half my colleagues
are enormously stupid, or else the science of Darwinism is fully compatible
with conventional religious beliefs--and equally compatible with atheism."
4c. Dawkins'
description of the evolutionary roots of religion are suspect. He opines that
religious impulses have biological roots and are largely psychological in
nature. However, McGraths point out that questions of the origin of religion
are unsettled in the field of psychology, a field in which Dawkins is not
trained and has limited expertise. And Dawkins is definitely not a religion
scientist or theologian. He behaves too often like a biology student who wants
to teach Martin Luther theology when he speaks about God. And if a theistic or
atheistic mind is the result of Random Just So Unexplainable movements of
sub-atoms, one is not more probable then the other, nor better or worse than
the other.
4d. Dawkins'
contention that religion is evil is simplistic, and the evidence he uses is
highly selective.
-- on this point
McGraths argues that an even stronger case can be made for the benefits of
religion historically in the world.
5. McGraths view
is that The God Delusion lacks analytical rigor, and instead relies heavily
upon rhetoric. As such, Dawkins' book is an atheistic-fundamentalist polemic/
Bible. One of their criticisms is that "One of the most characteristic
features of Dawkins's antireligious polemic is to present the pathological as
if it were normal, the fringe as if it were the centre, crackpots as if they
were mainstream."
5a. The McGraths
write that "Dawkins simply offers the atheist equivalent of slick hellfire
preaching, substituting turbocharged rhetoric and highly selective manipulation
of facts for careful, evidence-based thinking. Curiously, there is surprisingly
little scientific analysis in The God Delusion."
6. Are there many
fans of Dawkins? According to a survey 40 % nature scientists in the USA
believe in a God who resembles the God of Christian belief, and 20 % are
agnostics. Of the rest only a few will be followers of Dawkins.
7. Others have
written in response to Dawkins' The God Delusion as well, such as David
Berlinski's The Devil's Delusion: Atheism and Its Scientific Pretensions, John
Cornwell's Darwin's Angel: A Seraphic Response to the God Delusion, and Eric
Reitan's Is God A Delusion: A Reply to Religion's Cultured Despisers.
- The
Devil's Delusion - David Berlinski, himself a secular Jew, delivers a biting
defense of religious thought. In brief, Berlinski's argument boils down to
three main points:
a. there is
nothing in science proper that undermines religion (a point that used to be
widely recognized and even extolled by writers like SJ Gould),
b. most of the
new atheists badly misunderstand even the most rudimentary arguments of
theology and are not logically consistent, and finally that
c. much of
science has become rather dogmatic, like a new religion.
Berlinski does an
excellent job addressing all three of these points, the first of which should
be more or less self evident. Claims, for example, that one "should"
only believe in physical or visible evidence are not, in and of themselves,
empirical claims. Indeed, I have friends who resolutely insist that materialism
is "all there is" while remaining blissfully unaware of the fact that
such a statement could not arise from strictly empirical observation.
-- Is God A
Delusion - Eric Reitan, a Professor of Philosophy at Oklahoma State University,
specializes in ethics (especially non-violence theory) and the philosophy of
religion, is an award-winning writer and scholar.
a. Reitan argues
that the moral attacks made on religion by contemporary atheists, is not an
attack on religion but on its corruption.
b. In chapter 9
of his book, Reitan confronts the problem of evil, admitting that, while there
are insights to be gained from many of the classical Christian theodicy’s, none
has really solved the problem. But he argues, persuasively, that this fact is
no more sufficient to make faith in a good God irrational than the fact that biologists
have not solved certain problems facing the theory of evolution makes it
irrational to continue to believe in that theory.
8. Thus the
evolution theory presented by Dawkins as the only true way to look at things is
nothing but a new faith trying to explain how nature came into being and how it
developed. It is an atheist Bible only and nothing more.
9. Thus, many
respected scientists disagree with evolution theory and still accept a Divine
Deity as the ultimate cause of all existence we observe.
10. God exists.
The argument of
the last possible explanation
1. In his book
God Delusion (GD), Richard Dawkins makes arguments in ethics, philosophy,
history, and theology but hardly any science.
2. GD claims to
show how belief in God is wrong, yet the majority of the book is concerned with
the ethical conduct of religion and religion's moral worth, not whether God
exists.
3. Dawkins
dismisses the arguments of the Intelligent Design movement (ID) as
"lazy" and based on ignorance. Invoking a designing intelligence to
explain something like the sophisticated bacterial flagellum is a science
stopper, namely, to say "God did it" ends scientific explanation.
4. However,
Dawkins's critique of Michael Behe's argument based on the flagellum and other
biological systems misses the mark.
5. Michael Behe
argues that the flagellum is "irreducibly complex." This means that
all the approximately forty proteins parts need to be in place for the motor to
work at all.
6. The flagellum
(and many other biological functions) fails to fit Darwin's demand that
evolution be slow and gradual.
7. Dawkins simply
affirms that there must be a materialistic explanation for the flagellum. He
does note that another biological system--the Type III Secretor
System--contains ten of the flagellum's forty parts and announces that this
refutes Behe, since this less complex system had to have been an ancestor to
the flagellum.
8. This is called
the co-option theory, and it is woefully inadequate, since it leaves thirty
parts of the flagellum unexplained, as well as the detailed DNA assembly
instructions which are required for the flagellum to be put together properly
in the correct sequence.
9. Dawkins also
errs by saying that Behe's theory claims that none of the approximately forty
necessary parts of the flagellum can be found in other working systems. Since
ten are found in another system, Behe is refuted.
10. But Behe
never made the claim that other parts could not be found in other organisms.
Rather, he said that all forty parts of the bacterial flagellum are required
for its motor function and that this function could not be built up by
Darwinism's "slight, successive variation."
11a. Thus Behe's
inference to design is not "lazy" or a “science stopper” nor is it
based on ignorance. It is based on vastly increased knowledge of the workings
within the cell that has come about in the last several decades.
11b. Theistic
science doesn’t stop science. With God we enter the realm of the Unlimited so
science is unlimited.
12. If there are
no evolutionary explanations for designs and complexities found in different
researches and the last possible and reasonable explanation of intelligent
design is rejected that is not real science.
13. Therefore,
God exists.
The argument of
the Ultimate Boeing 747
1. Richard
Dawkins in his book God Delusion turns around the famous example of the ‘The
Boeing 747’ first used by Fred Hoyle against the probability of life
spontaneously assembling itself on the primordial earth.
2. This is the
example: “It is improbable that a tornado, sweeping through a junkyard, would
ever assemble a working Boeing 747 airliner.”
3. Dawkins tries
to say that just as the Boeing 747 is designed and has therefore a designer so
also God who shows design had a designer. Briefly in syllogism:
a. Every existing entity that shows evidence of design requires a designer
superior to itself.
b. God shows evidence of design in himself.
c. Hence God requires a designer (another God) superior to himself.
4a. Now, here is
the argument of Dawkins how it actually works against himself; What is the
cause of the Big Bang, the energy movements turning into order, the subatomic
particles whirled into structures, the quantum wave function or quantum vacuum.
If these have a cause, what is their cause.
4b. Aristotle
already defeated this infinite regress. As a mouse cannot climb a hill of
grains since there is no basis or support to take off from.
5. Thus the
syllogism should be like this:
a. Every existing entity that shows evidence of design requires a designer
superior to itself.
b. The universe(s) show evidence of design.
c. Infinite regressions are not possible because then no universes come into
existence.
d. The first cause was an Intelligent Designer.
Infinite
regressions are paradoxical to reality, simply not true. Thus the whole
argument of Dawkins falls flat because ‘infinite regressions’ are not possible.
There would be no first cause and so nothing would happen ever without a first
mover and controller, God.
6. God, the first
cause of all causes, exists.
The argument of
Hume versus Darwin in God Delusion by Dawkins
1. In his
Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion, David Hume (1779) presented a number of
objections to the design argument.
2a. In particular,
he criticized the argument on the grounds that it depends on a dubious analogy,
that it is a flawed inductive argument since it is based on the evidence of a
single universe, and that it does not establish the characteristics of the
designer.
2b. The universe
does reveal the designer’s qualities. But Hume has to learn some basic ABCD. We
are spirit souls, imprisoned in a material body. The material world has many
prison cells and is thus a big prison. Outside the prison there is a palace and
the king. As in Ramaraja the king should be fully rich, powerful, loving,
beautiful, knowledgeable etc. These are the qualities of the Ultimate Designer
or God, Krishna.
2c. On Hume’s
“based on the evidence of a single universe” as mentioned above in 2a we know
that for this universe, of this Big Bang, causing 10^23 planets circling as a
huge clock, that it is caused by God. Clock works are created and kept going by
a clock maker and his design. The other universes work on the same principles.
3a. He also
raised the objection that if an explanation is required to account for the
order in the universe, an explanation would also be required to account for the
order in the mind of the designer. Hume’s character Philo claims that “… a
mental world or universe of ideas requires a cause as much as does a material
world or universe of objects, and, if similar in its arrangement, must require
a similar cause.” (Hume 1779, p. 33)
3b. This argument
is already answered by Aristotle. There must be a first cause just as the mouse
can’t climb a hill of sand since there is nothing fixed. Without a first cause
the chain of causes and effects has no staring point.
4. The Darwinian
response to design is not satisfied with the philosophical arguments of Hume,
but is only confident in rejecting design when a scientific explanation of the
order in question is in place. The philosopher of science Elliott Sober
contrasts the two approaches as follows:
a. “Philosophers who now criticize the organistic design argument often believe
that the argument was dealt its death blow by Hume. … the design argument after
Hume was merely a corpse that could be propped up and paraded. Hume had taken
the life out if it.”
b. “Biologists often take a different view. For them, Hume’s sceptical attack
was not the decisive moment; rather, it was Darwin’s development and
confirmation of a substantive scientific explanation of the adaptive features
of organisms that really undermined the design argument (at least in its
organistic formulation). Philosophers who believe that a theory can’t be
rejected until a better theory is developed to take its place often sympathize
with this point of view.” (Sober 2004, p. 15)
5. Dawkins
espouses the Darwinian response, but in reality he seems to favour Humean
responses. In fact, his main argument against design closely follows Hume’s
concerning the need for an explanation of the mind of the designer.
6. The arguments
of Dawkins against design can be briefly summarized like this:
Argument 1: Who designed the designer
a. It is extremely improbable that organized complexity should exist
unexplained.
b. If God exists, he must have organized complexity, the very same property we
want to explain, only more so. And so,
c. God’s organized complexity would be even more in need of explanation than
that found in nature. (Or equivalently, according to Dawkins, God is not a good
ultimate explanation of organized complexity in nature.)
7. The answer for
Dawkins is that the mind of the Designer is eternal and uncreated as Dawkins
claims that subatomic particles, the cause of the Big Bang, chance, energy,
mass etc. are eternal. The cause of chance, the anthropic principle, evolution
drive, natural selection etc. etc in other words, the organizers of the
molecules, flora and fauna are also unexplained. Then who is right? Our
experience in human society is that only persons, consciousness create or
manufacture. Impersonal forces and creators don’t exist.
8. Argument 2:
Darwinian argument
a. The design argument depends on the claim that “nothing that we know looks
designed unless it is designed.”
b. Darwinism explains apparent design in the living world and so shows that the
claim noted in point a is false.
c. Thus the design argument is flawed and hence provides no basis for belief in
God.
Dawkins writes:
“Creationist
‘logic’ is always the same. Some natural phenomenon is too statistically
improbable, too complex, too beautiful, too awe-inspiring to have come into
existence by chance. Design is the only alternative to chance that the authors
can imagine. Therefore a designer must have done it. And science’s answer to
this faulty logic is always the same. Design is not the only alternative to
chance. Natural selection is a better alternative.” (Dawkins 2006, p. 121)
9. Then he must
answer: Who is selecting. Why there is selection. Why species came. Why
proteins came. Why thunderbolts came. Why a Big Bang happened.
Don’t we see in
human society that selection, cross breeding, synthesizing, fireworks,
explosions are caused by intelligent design? Isn’t it therefore logical to
extrapolate this to Nature. There is no evidence of other designers.
10. So does
Darwinian explanations undermine the design theory of organized complexity?
Setting aside the
Humean arguments for the moment, we are left only with two possibilities to
explain organized complexity, design or Darwinism. Anyone of the two if true
will exclude the other.
11. Analyzing
Darwinian arguments. Given the laws of physics and the initial state of the
early universe, does Darwinism give a sufficiently good account of organized
complexity to make design unnecessary? It is not at all obvious that it does.
There are a number of hurdles that suggest the probability of complex life
arising in the universe is very low even when Darwinism is taken into account.
12. Even Dawkins
acknowledges that certain steps in the development of complex life are
statistically improbable. He refers to the “initial stroke of luck” in the
origin of life and goes on to say that “it may be that the origin of life is
not the only major gap in the evolutionary story that is bridged by sheer luck,
anthropically justified.”
13. He mentions
two more obstacles:
a.
Mark Ridley … has suggested that the origin of the eukaryotic cell … was an even
more momentous, difficult and statistically improbable step than the origin of
life.
b.
The origin of consciousness might be another major gap whose bridging was the
same order of improbability. (Dawkins 2006, p. 140)
14. Darwinism
cannot undermine design in the context of fine-tuning, for example, without
giving an explanation of fine-tuning.
15. It is
instructive to consider Dawkins’ response to the fine-tuning argument. Dawkins
also appeals to a multiverse to account for fine-tuning and addresses the claim
that this is no more satisfactory than design as follows:
“People who think
that have not had their consciousness raised by natural selection. The key
difference between the genuinely extravagant God hypothesis and the apparently
extravagant multiverse hypothesis is one of statistical improbability. The
multiverse, for all that it is extravagant, is simple. God, or any intelligent,
decision-taking, calculating agent, would have to be highly improbable in the
very same statistical sense as the entities he is supposed to explain.”
(Dawkins 2006, pp. 146-147).
16. Here Dawkins
appeals to natural selection as a consciousness-raiser, but he is not content
to rest his case on the Darwinian response. He appears not to be entirely
convinced of the alternative multiverse explanation in this case, but
nevertheless thinks it is to be preferred to design. Dawkins has reverted to
his Humean arguments by claiming that God is too improbable to be a
satisfactory explanation. But Big Bang, natural selection, chance and so on are
impossible as agents for creation. There is no proof. But humans make plastic
Christmas trees, artificial flowers, plastic apples or fruits, window dummies,
robots, planetaria. These are never made by a pile of plastic or metal
molecules under nature’s open sky.
17. Analyzing
Humean arguments
The Humean
arguments used by Dawkins are not scientific but philosophical in nature. He
writes: “It is extremely improbable that organized complexity should exist
unexplained”.
18. Dawkins wants
to say that to prove the existence of God it would be necessary to explain His
complexity. The argument from improbability states that complex things could
not have come about by chance. (Dawkins 2006, p. 114) From this statement and
the claim that God possesses organized complexity, it only follows that God is
highly unlikely to have arisen by chance.
19. This argument
is missing out an important fact of the nature of spirit and matter namely,
that spirit, as opposed to the nature of matter, is eternal, what means it has
neither beginning nor end. God is not created.
20. Further,
explanations of God’s nature and complexity do actually exist in the Vedas. He
is hardly comparable to anything material in our experience.
21. The necessity
of God as the first cause cannot be really argued; without Him nothing would
happen ever. He is the first and eternal existence and the mover of all
inanimate objects, to begin with, the ingredients for creation, just like for
example without a driver and the locomotive all the wagons of a train pushed by
a locomotive would not get anywhere.
22. The premise
of Dawkins is: If God exists, he must have organized complexity, the very same
property we want to explain, only more so.
23. On this he
writes:
“A God capable of
continuously monitoring and controlling the individual status of every particle
in the universe cannot be simple.” (Dawkins 2006, p. 149)
“God may not have
a brain made of neurons, or a CPU made of silicon, but if he has the powers
attributed to him he must have something far more elaborately and non-randomly
constructed than the largest brain or the largest computer we know.” (Dawkins
2006, p. 154)
24. This
description is in agreement with the Vedic view. All ideas of other
complexities and order outside of Him are born from His mind, intelligence and
consciousness. Nothing that any living being has made was created without mind,
intelligence, consciousness. So only God can create complex molecules,
universes, planets, which humans nor nature can make.
25. Dawkins has
provided no good reasons for stating that God would have the kind of organized
created complexity found in the natural world. God’s complexity is irreducible,
spiritual and an eternal state. Both his Humean and Darwinian arguments are a
failure. He is in delusion about God.
26. God exists,
beyond the material deluding energy.
The argument of
The Grand Design – a book by Hawking:
`New Answers to
the Ultimate Questions of life.'
1. On page 10
Hawking writes: "This is the Ultimate Question of Life, the Universe and Everything.
We shall attempt to answer it in this book."
2. Surprisingly,
on page 171 Hawking tells us: "The laws of nature tell us `how' the
universe behaves, but they don't answer the `why?' questions that we posed at
the start of this book."
3a. If science
cannot provide the ultimate answers, and if `philosophy is dead' as he opines,
what other discipline does Hawking know of, which will explain the ultimate
questions?
3b. That
"philosophy is dead" is a foolish, ignorant statement. So, the logic
goes as follows: because philosophy's traditional explanations of the physical
world have been superseded by physics, all of philosophy is dead. But this
obviously makes no sense. Nothing in modern physics replaces philosophical
theories of ethics or political philosophy. Or, for that matter, nothing in
modern physics makes superfluous the methodological discussions of the
philosophy of science. In fact, much of his book is really not a work of
popular physics, but rather an argument for a particular philosophical approach
to theoretical physics, which Hawking didn’t manage to proof.
4. There are some
other fundamental failures in Hawking's book.
5. Something from
nothing?
Quote (p.8):
"M-theory (see footnote 1) predicts that a great many universes were
created out of nothing. Their creation does not require the intervention of
some supernatural being or god. Rather these multiple universes arise naturally
from physical law. They are a prediction of science."
5a. Where does
this physical law come from- who made the law. Where is the `science' that
predicts universes emerging from nothing? Have you ever seen “laws” doing
something. The law ”Red light means stop” is made by the government, they put
up the system of roads and traffic lights, it is taught by teachers in school
etc. to be followed, and there are camera’s, police, and a ministry of justice
to enforce it.
6. Hawking
writes: On page 136: "On this view the universe appeared spontaneously,
starting in every possible way."
On Page 137, the
caption to an illustration: "Multiverse Quantum fluctuations lead to the
creation of tiny universes out of nothing."
On Page 180:
"Because there is a law like gravity, the universe can and will create
itself from nothing in the manner described in chapter 6 - Choosing Our Universe...
Spontaneous
creation is the reason there is something rather than nothing, why the universe
exists, why we exist. It is not necessary to invoke God to light the blue touch
paper and set the universe going."
6a. We answer:
Hawking has said absolutely nothing that proves that "the universe can and
will create itself from nothing.” To say that something comes out of nothing,
that there is no material cause is simply a statement of faith and doesn’t meet
the needs of science and philosophy. Nor is there a need for science; things
just happen, anything can happen. Total, Absolute Anarchy on all levels is the
only law, even now. No need to describe or fix anything, everything can change
any moment.
Even in society
or personal relations; the particles can start doing anything, causing love or
hate or anything. There is no rule, responsibility, morality and shelter. THIS
IS NOT SO; "Multiple Quantum fluctuations” in the soup on my stove are
caused by the cook.
6b. The Eastern
Wisdom further replies, "If it is the nature of reality that something
arises from nothing, then this process should be visible today. But we see that
all effects have a material cause. And, if something can come out of nothing,
then it would logically follow that anything could come out of anything -- a
human being could hatch from a hen's egg or a woman could give birth to a
chicken. But we observe that creation follows the rule known in Vedic logic as
satkaryavada: like cause, like effect. By this rule, nothing must come from
nothing, and something specific must come from something specific.”
7. Who and what
and why are we?
Hawking dismisses
any possibility that mankind is "More than Matter." On page 181, in
the last paragraph of the book, Hawking says: "We human beings ... are
ourselves mere collections of fundamental particles of nature."
7a. We reply: Dr.
Michael Sabom, a cardiologist at the Emory University Medical School, undertook
a scientific study of out-of-body and near-death experiences. The results of
his study detailed in his book Recollections of Death: A Medical Investigation
(1982), convinced him of the reality of out-of-body experiences. He concluded
that the mind was an entity distinct from the brain and that the near-death
crisis caused the mind and brain to split apart for a brief time. Sabom wrote,
"Could the mind which splits apart from the physical brain be, in essence,
the soul, which continues to exist after the final bodily death, according to
some religious doctrines? As I see it, this is the ultimate question that has
been raised by reports of the NDE [near-death experience]."
7b. All organisms
are alive only because of the soul dwelling within it. Occurrences documented
by medical practitioners suggest its validity. In his book Light and Death,
cardiologist Dr. Michael Sabom reports the surgery of Pam Reynolds, a patient
suffering from an aneurysm (a sack-like widening of an artery) in her brain
stem that was on the verge of rupture, which could be fatal. Since the aneurysm
was at the base of Pam's brain, her surgeon, Dr. Robert Spetzler, director of
Barrow Neurological Institute in Phoenix, Arizona, had to drain all the blood
from her brain to flatten the brainwaves and stop her heartbeat and breathing.
Pam was clinically dead during the surgery. After the successful operation,
however, she could recollect exact conversations among the surgeons and
accurate descriptions of medical instruments (only uncovered after the patient
is anaesthetized) used in her surgery, during which she was supposed to be
unconscious. During the operation, Pam could see her body from above; she was
floating outside her body, so to speak. This and several other documented
near-death and out-of-body accounts suggest the existence of the soul, the
spirit particle, as a metaphysical being that is the actual source of
consciousness.
7c. Quantum
theory scientists speak about observer. This is also described in the Srimad
Bhagavatam 7.7.22: "The Lord's eight separated material energies, the
three modes of material nature and the sixteen transformations [the eleven
senses and the five gross material elements like earth and water]—within all
these, the one spiritual soul exists as the observer."
We cannot speak
about an observer of the body if the observer is not beyond the material
dimension and is having consciousness. Knowing of the reincarnation of such a
conscious observer it can be concluded that its quality is superior to the
material elements because it continues to exist even after the death and
destruction of the material body. This is the description of the soul that
reincarnates life after life accepting different material bodies as proven by
the research of Ian Stevenson who examined more than 3000 cases of children who
remembered their past life's activities, where they lived etc.
7d. It is only
because of the influence of the soul that a material body can grow. "From
the spirit soul, the material energy comes out. Take for example one lemon
tree. It is a living entity, and it is producing many gallons of citric acid
from the lemons. You take fifty lemons today, again you can take fifty lemons
tomorrow, and if you extract the lemons, you'll find a big quantity of citric
acid. Wherefrom the citric acid chemicals come? Because the soul is there in
the tree. Therefore the conclusion should be that the chemicals come from life;
life does not come from chemical.”
7e. That we are
only mere collections of fundamental particles of nature and nothing else
cannot be accepted as a verified, good standing theory, rather it is just a
totally unfounded declaration of faith in materialism which, like
`self-creation out of nothing', Hawking cannot support by any proof. He has to
show that from a field of fundamental particles, without external forces, just
as in the initial state of the cosmos, a crowd of people can come.
8. What of free
will?
Stephen Hawking,
insists that human beings are biological robots with no consciousness, no free
will, no minds and no spirit. On pages 32/33 (repeated on page 178) he makes
the astonishing claim that human beings have no free will:
"It is hard
to imagine how free will can operate if our behaviour is determined by physical
law, so it seems that we are no more than biological machines and that free
will is just an illusion" (p. 32).
8a. Not only
Hawking but other scientists are pushing this idea that feelings and thoughts
are mere "biological ricochets" of brain chemistry, lacking any
spirit, intention or consciousness.
8b. The statement
that there is no free will is a wrong theory since everybody's experience is to
be the witness/ spectator/observer of the body, mind, consciousness and the
content of these. One sees desires, feelings, thoughts coming and being
transcendental visionary of these, one can decide to flow/go along or resist
and do something else. And, all living beings are making choices every moment
of their life and to choose between a, b, c or d is free will. For example,
someone is sitting reading. If he likes, he can get up and go away, do
something else. That's his free will. There is free will.
8c. For Hawking,
humans are inescapably governed, "we would need a knowledge of the initial
state of each of the thousand trillion trillion molecules in the human body and
to solve something like that number of [mathematical] equations. That would
take a few billion years ... [but] because it is so impractical to use the
underlying physical laws to predict human behaviour, we adopt what is called an
effective theory, based on the notion of free will plus the assumption that
people evaluate their possible alternative courses of action and choose the
best.”
This is similar
to the ARGUMENT FROM PRIMATE STENOGRAPHY
Take the obvious
order one sees in the works of William Shakespeare, or of Sir Hawking.
No rational
person's response to seeing the works of Shakespeare or Hawking would be
something like: "Oh, there must be a lot of monkeys somewhere who typed
all this by pure dumb luck."
Obviously, then,
the order in the universe didn’t come about in a way similar to this. A
rational person knows that the order in the universe came from an intelligent
creator, not that it came about by accident.
The agents of the
forces of Big Bang and evolution, namely “Chance”, “Generation”, “Miracle Doing
of the Grand Void” need Someone to Orchestrate, an Administrator, Operator,
Someone pushing the processes so that the cosmic order comes about.
Another feeling
arising here from The Original Quantum Oscillations is that Hawking by his own
words is some package of particles or evolved monkey. The Indescribable
Unpredictable Void has decided to bring out a godly delusion– what is the
value, anything could have come out-. The Darkness may change some atoms in him
and turn him into an angel. Who can feel offended from this comparison, that
feeling offended is just some atoms and it was not the nonexistent free will of
the writer to state this; The Only Cause was The Supreme Quantum Field doing as
It pleases.
8d. The masters
of Vedic wisdom have also told that we are not as free as we think ourselves to
be. Association with matter influences the consciousness in such a way that our
behaviour becomes habitual, automatic or reactionary—even though we each think
that we act according to our own free will. The modes, or gunas, or as Hawking
calls them, the physical laws, influence the behaviour of people. According to
their association with the modes of nature they become conditioned to a
particular way of understanding and thinking. The freedom of the soul is only
in the human form of life, for one who has spiritual knowledge; then one can
choose under which modes one wants to function.
9. As there are
laws in the government, made by lawmakers, so the material laws of nature were
made by a person, God, who moved the quantum particles to build the material
world.
10. God exists.
Notes:
1. M-theory is a
theory in physics that unifies all consistent versions of superstring theory
that attempts to explain all of the particles and fundamental forces of nature
in one theory by modelling them as vibrations of tiny super-symmetric strings.
The Argument from
Design
Or The Classical
Teleological Argument
1. Whenever there
are things that cohere only because of a purpose or function (for example, all
the complicated parts of a watch that allow it to keep time), we know that they
had a designer who de- signed them with the function in mind; they are too
improbable to have arisen by random physical processes. (A hurricane blowing
through a hardware store could not assemble a watch.)
2. Organs of
living things, such as the eye and the heart, cohere only because they have a
function (for example, the eye has a cornea, lens, retina, iris, eyelids, and
so on, which are found in the same organ only because together they make it
possible for the animal to see).
3. These organs
must have a designer who designed them with their function in mind: just as a
watch implies a watchmaker, an eye implies an eye-maker (from 1 and 2).
4a. These things
have not had a human designer.
4b. Some may
argue that proto forms replicated themselves but to replicate is to design. The
first one to replicate needs an eternal designer– the soul or super-soul, god.
Alternatively, there must be a first one to replicate– that is God. In other
words, if there is a system which replicates that begs the question, because
how that system came into being? Just by itself? In nowadays genetics it is
very well known how complex is the replication system and even one small part
taken away from a replication system will result in failure of the system. Only
an intelligent being could create such a complex replication system and not
dull matter without thinking, feeling, willing.
5. Therefore,
these things must have had a non-human designer (from 3 and 4).
6. God is the
non-human designer (from 5). God the creator of the primeval replications
system exists.
7. God exists.
The Argument from
the Paucity of Benign Mutations.
1. Evolution is
powered by random mutations and natural selection.
2. Organisms are
complex, improbable systems, and by the laws of probability any change is
astronomically more likely to be for the worse than for the better.
3. The majority
of mutations would be deadly for the organism (from 2).
4. The amount of
time it would take for all the benign mutations needed for the assembly of an
organ to appear by chance is preposterously (contrary to reason, absurd,
outrageous) long (from 3).
5. In order for
evolution to work, something outside of evolution had to bias the process of
mutation, increasing the number of benign ones (from 4).
6. Something
outside of the mechanism of biological change—the First to Mutate—must bias the
process of mutations for evolution to work (from 5).
7. The only
entity that is both powerful enough and purposeful enough to be the First to
Mutate is God.
7a. Darwinists
theorize that mutations can have small effects (tissue that is slightly more
transparent, or cells that are slightly more sensitive to light), and mutations
contributing to these effects can accumulate over time; that the necessary
mutations do not have to have occurred one after another in a single line of
descendants, but could have appeared independently in thousands of separate
organisms, each mutating at random, and the necessary combinations could come
together as the organisms met and exchanged genes; life on Earth has had a vast
amount of time to accumulate the necessary mutations.
7b. We counter
that you cannot show anything within your experience which has come about by
chance. You cannot find anything by chance.
8. One can try to
counter, “so many things in nature are by chance.”
8a. We answer
“not yet, go to nature – you don’t understand Her powers.”
Just analyze all
the human/animal/plant artefacts, and then we must conclude that this chance
theory is simply foolish.
9. What about
gambling? Somebody wins, somebody looses.
9a. We answer
“that is not chance.”
You don’t know
which forces give our muscles the exact power to loose or win as we don’t
control our digestion, heart beat, immune system, brain processes.
But these are
exactly controlled as are the processes in our computers, factories, medical
machines, cars, heating systems, airplanes.
You don’t know
therefore you say “chance” and want to cover your ignorance by this chance
theory. You want to become very intelligent by chance.
10. Wherefrom the
brain come? Materialistic scientists will say it has evolved.
10a. Then we
answer: “you prepare a brain or keep something that by chance there will be a
brain.”
Great scientists
like Einstein, Newton, Chandra Bose had such great brains but who has created
their brain.
Even that big man
cannot create such brain. The big scientist, before dying, he should have
considered, “now I will die soon. Let me create another brain and body like me
and that will work.” That they cannot do.
So there must be
a second man, a second brain who has created the brains.
Evolutionists
say: “Nature is doing”, so nature means superior control. We say that nature is
working under the superintendence of God. E.g. the sun, the moon, the seasonal
changes are some of the parts and parcels of nature's working. So many things,
nature is working very systematically. The summer season will appear exactly in
the month of June and July. The fall begins in September every year. One can
foretell that "Next September this will happen," because nature's
routine is very fixed up. So this systematic work of nature, how it is possible
if there is no supervision?
You have to
accept there is superior administration. You may not know who is
administrating, but you have to accept that there is some brain, that is the
brain of God.
10b. A scientist
may argue “In the test tube we have made some tissues, and the tissues are
sustaining themselves and are living. So in due course, they’ll be able to
create some functioning brain.”
10c. We answer
“that proves that in nature a scientist created the brain and body.”
11. Another
example defying chance: Cows are eating dry grass and giving you nice milk.
There are no such vitamins in grass which produce milk when a human mother eats
them. Rather she will die. So who made this arrangement?
12. Another
example. One process of protein synthesis in science is called “The magic
factor.”
12a. We comment.
Magic is also chance. That must have been the God factor. And the scientists
originating and steering the process of synthesis proofs that the proteins in
nature are also synthesized by a scientist.
13. One more.
There is a coconut tree, the hard nut and water. There must be pipe, pumping,
the material in the right shape and water which nature and the master of nature
arranged. You do something that water comes in the coconut up there or make
such coconut root, tree and fruit.
14. The atheist
argues “God to fill up the gaps”.
14a. No, we can
proof that in human society nothing was done by chance. For a child there are
gaps but an educated person knows that all dead matter is moved by human
masters. A child may see a car driving.
and think
“automatic”. Similarly, dead matter of nature is moved by the Master Scientist,
God.
15. As the
scientist of our human world invents and operates from his office but enjoys at
home, so, God immanent created and controls the material energy but enjoys in
heaven as God transcendent.
16. God and
heaven exists.
The Argument of
the Original Replicator
1. Evolution is
the process by which an organism evolves from simpler ancestors.
2. Evolution by
itself cannot explain how the original ancestor—the first living thing—came
into existence (from 1).
3. The theory of
natural selection can deal with this problem only by saying that the first
living thing evolved out of non-living matter (from 2).
4. That original
non-living matter (call it the Original Replicator) must be capable of:
(a)
self-replication,
(b) generating a
functioning mechanism out of surrounding matter to protect itself against
falling apart, and
(c) surviving
slight mutations to itself that will then result in slightly different
replicators.
5. The Original
Replicator is complex (from 4).
6. The Original
Replicator is too complex to have arisen from purely physical processes (from 5
and The Classical Teleological Argument). For example, DNA, which currently
carries the replicated design of organisms, cannot be the Original Replicator,
because DNA molecules require a complex system of proteins to remain stable and
to replicate, and could not have arisen from natural processes before complex
life existed.
7. Natural
selection cannot explain the complexity of the Original Replicator (from 3 and
6).
8. The Original
Replicator must have been created rather than have evolved (from 7 and The
Classical Teleological Argument). Biologists and chemists have a theory with
many ‘maybe’ which not everyone accepts as conclusive saying that it is
theoretically possible for a simple physical system to make exact copies of
itself from surrounding materials. Since then they have identified a number of
naturally occurring molecules and crystals that can replicate in ways that
could lead to natural selection (in particular, that allow random variations to
be preserved in the copies). Once a molecule replicates, the process of natural
selection can start creating, and the replicator can accumulate matter and
become more complex, eventually leading to precursors of the replication system
used by living organisms today. All these steps are not yet copied or performed
in the laboratories, but Nature has better scientists and has already done it,
as we can see around us. One step was done; scientists performed an experiment
where they used amino acids, water and electricity. They created a one celled
being which had life in it. It moved like an amoeba. In another, the Urey-Miller
experiment they used water (H2O), methane (CH4), ammonia (NH3), and hydrogen
(H2). The chemicals were all sealed inside a sterile array of glass flasks and
flasks connected in a loop, with one flask half-full of liquid water and
another flask containing a pair of electrodes. The liquid water was heated to
induce evaporation, sparks were fired between the electrodes to simulate
lightning through the atmosphere and water vapour, and then the atmosphere was
cooled again so that the water could condense and trickle back into the first
flask in a continuous cycle.
Within a day, the
mixture had turned pink in colour, and at the end of two weeks of continuous
operation, Miller and Urey observed that as much as 10–15% of the carbon within
the system was now in the form of organic compounds. Two percent of the carbon
had formed amino acids that are used to make proteins in living cells, with
glycine as the most abundant. Sugars were also formed. Nucleic acids were not
formed within the reaction. 18% of the methane molecules became bio-molecules.
The rest turned into hydrocarbons like bitumen.
In an interview,
Stanley Miller stated: "Just turning on the spark in a basic pre-biotic
experiment will yield 11 out of 20 amino acids."
After Miller's
death in 2007, scientists examining sealed vials preserved from the original
experiments were able to show that there were actually well over 20 different
amino acids produced in Miller's original experiments. That is considerably
more than what Miller originally reported, and more than the 20 that naturally
occur in life. Moreover, some evidence suggests that Earth's original
atmosphere might have had a different composition from the gas used in the
Miller–Urey experiment. There is abundant evidence of major volcanic eruptions 4
billion years ago, which would have released carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen
(N2), hydrogen sulphide (H2S), and sulphur dioxide (SO2) into the atmosphere.
Experiments using these gases in addition to the ones in the original
Miller–Urey experiment have produced more diverse molecules. This all proves
that in nature also a scientist worked with lightning, volcanic eruptions etc
to make the amino acids and amoeba.
9. What actually
happened with the production of the amoeba is that there were the life conditions,
the conditions conducive to life, so therefore life or non-material soul or
consciousness came, but not that this soul was produced by chemical
combination. Life is different from the amino acids, water and electricity.
This argument in Sanskrit is called, tandula-vrscika-nyaya. You have no
experience here. In India they have got experience. Sometimes from a heap of
rice, one scorpion is coming out. So foolish men, they will think that the heap
of rice, piles of rice, is giving birth to a scorpion. No, that is not the
fact. One should know the scorpion. This animal is very clever. They lay down
eggs within the heaps of rice, and by the fermentation of the rice, it comes
out. So actually, rice is not producing the scorpion. It is coming out under
some chemical fermentation process.
10. Nature is an
instrument thus there must be an operator, just like the child is thinking the
motor car is going automatically. He doesn’t know there is a driver. The child
sees the airplane is flying. There is a pilot, he doesn’t know. He thinks it is
automatically going. Without operator a machine cannot work.
11. Scientists
claim that nature is going on as a biochemical reaction. But they cannot
produce it by biochemical combination. And if they can do something they proof that
in nature also scientists are at work doing it very systematically and
successfully. As scientists are trying to do it, it is being already done by
another person.
12. Scientists
talk of accident theory. But this flower is not growing in this tree by accident.
Accident means there is no law. One cannot argue. By accident some system of
laws arose and from then on this flower is always with this tree. If the
supreme cause is accident then at any moment accidents may have happened.
13. Or they say
from a common ancestor (now extinct), monkey and man came. But why the
ancestors of this common ancestor now don’t give common ancestors, monkeys and
men. They could answer “we can make crossbreed.” But then they are the cause of
this crossbreeding. It is not accident, you are making arrangement, therefore
there is a cause.
14. Materialistic
scientists reason that *nature* is bringing the subatomic particles into
gasses, planets, flora, fauna, humans.
15. That means
nature is above the scientists. Then they should worship nature and be
submissive. They are submissive already, nature is pulling them, forcing
disease, old age and death, weather, comets, time. Thus nature is stronger than
them.
16. As soon as
you are dependant, you must have to accept God. You may not know who is God and
what is God, but somebody is controlling you and your activities, He is God.
17. Where you get
the idea that from matter life is possible. Evolutionist: "In the future
we will do it." But in the original condition you show something. Just
like formerly they were flying balloons. So because they were flying, they
could say that "in the future we shall fly a big city– a Boeing 747."
And in the history we can see that that is not impossible, because in the
beginning condition or initiative condition we see that big things can be
flown. But here and now you cannot even prepare an ant. You have not been able
to prepare even a small ant, germ. Show me. So why do you say, "In future
I shall do it"?
18.
Anything that was created requires a Creator.
19. God
exists.
The argument from
miracles of atheism
1. All matter in
the universe appeared from nothing.
2. All matter in
the universe being compressed in an area the size of a period on this page.
3. An explosion
creating order instead of chaos.
4. Laws coming
from nothing to create order.
5. Claiming
gravity happens naturally when they don’t even know what gravity is or what
causes it.
6. Life comes
from lifeless matter.
7. Evolution is
true even though less than 1% is observable from a single cell life to all that
we see.
8. All these
tenets of science are rather in the category of miracles than in the category
of proven theories by experiments. They only see the effects but have no
understanding of their cause. That means ignorance.
Therefore, including
God in the above explanations is the best possible option to properly
understand things like e.g. that life can come only from life or that evolution
is not true because it is neither observed nor proven by experiment.
9. God exists.
The argument of
the true evidence of supernatural abilities
1. Miraculous
Anomalies for atheistic science fall into three general categories:
a. Extrasensory
perception, which refers to the ability to gather information that is beyond
the normal reach of the senses, is the first and perhaps most popular form of
parapsychology. ESP, as it is also called, is a concept that includes
telepathy, clairvoyance, and precognition.
b. Psycho
kinesis, also referred to as PK, is the second category often associated with
parapsychology. This is when an individual is able to directly interact with
physical objects through mental powers, whether by moving such objects with
one’s mind or otherwise engaging them in subtle ways.
c. The study of
the self as surviving bodily death, including near-death experiences,
apparitions, and reincarnation.
2. The book
'Dream Telepathy: Experiments in Nocturnal Extrasensory Perception' (Studies in
Consciousness) tells about experiments at Brooklyn's Maimonides Medical Center
where mind-to-mind communication was put to the test. The many anecdotes and
examples are fascinating in their own right and demonstrate how science can
examine unusual real-life experiences using both rigor and imagination.
-- In his book
'The Reality of ESP: A Physicist's Proof of Psychic Abilities' Russel Targ
mentions the following true story:
"On February
4, 1974, members of the Symbionese Liberation Army kidnapped nineteen-year-old
newspaper heiress Patricia Hearst from her Berkeley, California apartment.
Desperate to find her, the police called physicist Russell Targ and Pat Price,
a psychic retired police commissioner. As Price turned the pages of the police
mug book filled with hundreds of photos, suddenly he pointed to one of them and
announced, “That’s the ringleader.” The man was Donald DeFreeze, who was indeed
subsequently so identified. Price also described the type and location of the
kidnap car, enabling the police to find it within minutes."
As a
scientist, Targ demands proof. His experience is based on two decades of
investigations at the Stanford Research Institute (SRI), which he cofounded
with physicist Harold Puthoff in 1972. This twenty-million dollar program
launched during the Cold War was supported by the CIA, NASA, the Defense
Intelligence Agency, and Army and Air Force Intelligence. The experiments they
conducted routinely presented results could have happened by chance less than
once in a million. Targ describes four types of experiments:
a. Remote
Viewing, in which a person describes places and events independent of space and
time. For example, while in California Price drew to scale a Soviet weapons
factory at Semipalitinsk with great accuracy later confirmed by Satellite
photography. In another remote viewing, Targ accurately sketched an airport in
San Andreas, Columbia himself.
b. Distant Mental
Influence, where the thoughts of the experimenter can positively or negatively
affect the physiology (heart rate, skin resistance, etc.) of a distant person.
c. Whole field
isolation, where someone in a state of sensory isolation accurately describes
the visual experiences of someone else in another place.
d. Precognition
and retro causality, showing that the future can affect the past. That is, the
elephant you see on television in the morning can be the cause of your having
dreamed about elephants the previous night.
Final chapters present evidence for survival after death; explain how ESP works
based on the Buddhist/Hindu view of our selves as non-local, eternal awareness;
discuss the ethics of exercising psychic abilities, and show us how to explore
ESP ourselves. “I am convinced,” Targ says, “that most people can learn to move
from their ordinary mind to one not obstructed by conventional barriers of
space and time. Who would not want to try that?”
3. About the book
'Supernormal: Science, Yoga, and the Evidence for Extraordinary Psychic
Abilities' David E. Presti from the University of California, Berkeley writes:
"Dean Radin
is a modern-day Galileo of psychical research. He is an impeccable
scholar and premier experimental scientist, and this is a terrific book.
Come, look through his telescope; with great clarity, he goes right to the core
of the most profound issues in the contemporary science of mind. By
including a detailed review of a variety of experimental findings, this book
presents in one easily accessible place a wealth of information, creating a
valuable reference and teaching/learning resource for students and scholars
alike. And by connecting all this with contemplative investigations of the
nature of mind carried out over the course of millennia, this book makes an
invaluable contribution to expanding the modern dialogue between science and
the contemplative traditions."
4. These and many
other works of many university researchers prove that supernatural abilities do
exist.
5. The meaning of
SUPERNATURAL as per Merriam Webster dictionary is 'departing from what is usual
or normal especially so as to appear to transcend the laws of nature.' I.o.w
that thing what does not exist in nature or subject to explanation according to
natural laws.
6. The
supernatural abilities of all tested people under strict circumstances for
scientific experiments, had to be acquired from outside gross matter.
7. The source of
the abilities has to be a conscious being who understands the wish of people
for certain ability. And ‘first deserve then desire;’ these developed from many
previous births.
8. Because there
are perfect, more perfect and most perfect people with various supernatural
abilities the source and cause of their different degrees of perfection have to
have the greatest perfection.
9. This is the
description of God the possessor of all mystic perfection in the highest
degree.
10. God exists.
The argument of
paranormal abilities or mystic perfections
1. There is no
scientific explanation for "psychic powers."
2. The atheists
say: 'There may be explained by science later on in the future.'
3. But we say NO
because psychic powers like extrasensory perceptions are supernatural, defying
all physical laws.
4.
Parapsychologist researchers gave the following list of psychic abilities:
- Apportation -
Materialization, disappearance or teleportation of an object.[1]
- Aura reading -
Perception of energy fields surrounding people, places and things.[2]
- Automatic
writing - Writing produced without conscious thought.[3]
- Astral
projection or mental projection - An out-of-body experience in which an astral
body becomes separate from the physical body.[4]
- Bilocation or
multilocation - Being in multiple places at the same time.[5]
- Clairvoyance or
second sight - Perception outside the known human senses.[2]
- Death-warning -
A vision of a living person prior to his or her death.[6]
- Divination -
Gaining insight into a situation, most commonly through a ritual[7]
- Dowsing -
Ability to locate objects, sometimes using a tool called a dowsing rod.[8]
- Energy medicine
- Healing by channelling a form of energy.[9]
- Faith healing -
Diagnosing or curing diseases using religious devotion.[10]
- Levitation -
Bodily levitation and flying.[11]
- Medium ship or
channelling - Communicating with spirits.[12]
- Precognition,
premonition and precognitive dreams - Perception of events before they
happen.[13]
- Psychic surgery
- Removal of diseased body tissue via an incision that heals immediately
afterwards.[14]
- Psycho kinesis
or telekinesis - The ability to manipulate matter by the power of thought.[15]
- Psychometry or
psychos copy - Obtaining information about a person or object, usually by
touching or concentrating on the object or a related object.[16]
- Pyrokinesis -
Manipulation of fire.[17]
- Remote viewing
- Gathering of information at a distance.[18]
- Retro cognition
or post-cognition - Perception of past events.[19]
- Scrying - Use
of an item to view events at a distance or in the future.[20]
- Telepathy -
Transfer of thoughts or emotions in either direction.[21]
5a. Here are some
examples of people with Psychihc abilities:
- Dougall Fraser
who self-titled himself as "Queer Guy with a Third Eye," knew from a
very young age that he had psychic abilities. He saw the world differently and
told people what he saw. By the age of 8 he had already given his first
reading. His dead-on predictions have had him named "Best Psychic in
Dallas" in 1999.
- Sylvia Browne
is arguably the most well-known "celebrity psychic," who has been the
most prominent psychic reader in the United States. Her latest addition to her
organization is the Sylvia Browne Hypnosis Training Center, a school for anyone
who wants to help heal people through proven therapeutic hypnosis methods. She
became world-famous psychic and performed spiritual readings for over 50,000
people in nearly 30 countries.
- Danielle Egnew
is proficient in many forms of psychic practice, including: clairvoyance,
clairsentience, channelling, psychometry, telemetry, medium ship and paranormal
investigation. Egnew is also a licensed Christian minister, and she has stated
that her clairvoyant abilities come from angelic entities and guides. She has
done work as a creative consultant for paranormal TV shows produced by major
Hollywood and Fortune 500 studios, and she co-founded the Western Pacific
Paranormal Alliance.
- John Edward is
an internationally known psychic medium who specializes in speaking to the
spirits of the dearly departed. His work has helped thousands of people over
the years to find peace and closure around the deaths of those they love. While
some argue that John Edward simply uses the mentalist techniques of cold and
hot reading to get a sense for his clients' and viewers' pasts, many swear by
his uncanny abilities to speak with their loved ones who passed on and to
ascertain details that could never have been known without the gift of psychic
sight.
5b. The three
mystic abilities by which one transforms one's own body are anima, the mystic
ability to make oneself smaller than the smallest and thus able to enter within
anything. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is within the atoms and atomic
particles, and one who perfectly fixes his mind in that subtle atomic form of
the Lord acquires the mystic potency called anima, by which one can enter
within even the most dense matter such as stone or pass through any obstacle;
mahima, becoming greater than the greatest, the Supreme Personality of Godhead
is qualitatively not different from His creation and thus a yogi may meditate
upon the total material existence as a manifestation of the external potency of
the Lord. Once the yogi has established his realization that the material
creation is not different from the Lord, he obtains the perfection called
mahima-siddhi. By realizing the Lord's presence in each individual element the
yogi also acquires the greatness of each element, thus through mahima-siddhi
one becomes so great that one covers everything.
Laghima, becoming
lighter than the lightest. Kala, or time, is the transcendental form of the
Lord that moves the material world. Since the five gross elements are composed
of atoms, the atomic particles are the subtle substance or manifestation of the
movements of time. More subtle than time is the Personality of Godhead Himself,
who expands His potency as the time factor. By understanding all these things
clearly the yogi obtains laghima-siddhi, or the power to make himself lighter
than the lightest.
One becomes so
light that one can ride on the sun's rays into the sun planet.
Through the
perfection of prapti one acquires whatever one desires, and through
prakamya-siddhi one experiences any enjoyable object, either in this world or
the next. Through isita-siddhi one can manipulate the sub potencies of maya,
and through the controlling potency called vasita-siddhi one is unimpeded by
the three modes of nature. One who has acquired kamavasayita-siddhi can obtain
anything from anywhere, to the highest possible limit. Through prapti-siddhi
one can acquire anything from anywhere and can even touch the moon with one's
finger. By this mystic perfection one can also enter into the senses of any
other living entity through the predominating deities of the particular senses;
and by thus utilizing the senses of others, one can acquire anything. By fixed
meditation on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the soul of the
mahat-tattva, one can achieve the most excellent perfection called prakamya.
Avyakta-janmanah indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead appears from
the avyakta, or the spiritual sky, or that His birth is avyakta, beyond the
perception of material senses. Unless one accepts the transcendental form of
the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no possibility of obtaining
prakamya or any other genuine mystic perfection; one gets an inferior
reflection. Through prakamya one can experience any enjoyable object, either in
this world or the next, and through isita, or the controlling potency, one can
manipulate the sub-potencies of maya, which are material. In other words, even
by acquiring mystic powers one cannot pass beyond the control of illusion;
however, one may manipulate the sub-potencies of illusion. One can obtain the
mystic opulence vasita, or freedom from the modes of nature, by meditating upon
the Lord as turiya, the fourth factor beyond those modes. Through vasita, or
the power to control, one can bring others under one's dominion or keep oneself
beyond the control of the three modes of nature. Ultimately, one acquires
through kamavasayita the maximum powers of control, acquisition and enjoyment.
Autpattikah
indicates being original, natural and unexcelled. These eight mystic potencies
originally exist in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krishna, in the superlative
degree. Lord Krishna becomes so small that He enters within the atomic
particles, and He becomes so large that as Maha-vishnu He breathes out millions
of universes. The Lord can become so light or subtle that even great mystic
yogis cannot perceive Him, and the Lord's acquisitive power is perfect, because
He keeps the total existence eternally within His body. The Lord certainly can
enjoy whatever He likes, control all energies, dominate all other persons and
exhibit complete omnipotency. Therefore it is to be understood that these eight
mystic perfections are insignificant expansions of the mystic potency of the
Lord, who in Bhagavad-gita is called Yogesvara, the Supreme Lord of all mystic
potencies. These eight perfections are not artificial, but are natural and
unexcelled because they originally exist in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
The ten secondary
mystic perfections arising from the modes of nature are the powers of freeing
oneself from hunger and thirst and other bodily disturbances, hearing and
seeing things far away, moving the body at the speed of the mind; there is a
particular subtle air that follows the mind. When the yogi merges this air
together with the body and mind in Krishna by the potency of meditation on the
Lord, his gross material body, like the subtle air, can follow the mind
anywhere. This perfection is called mano-javah. Assuming any form one desires,
entering the bodies of others, dying when one desires, witnessing the pastimes
between the demigods and the celestial girls called Apsaras, completely
executing one's determination and giving orders whose fulfilment is unimpeded.
The power to know past, present and future; tolerance of heat, cold and other
dualities; knowing the minds of others; checking the influence of fire, sun,
water, poison, one's remaining invulnerable to all types of weapons as well as
attacks by nails, teeth, beating, curses and other such sources.; and remaining
unconquered by others– five perfections of the mystic process of yoga are
considered to be quite inferior to the others already mentioned, since they
involve more or less ordinary physical and mental manipulations.
6. Materialistic
people acquire these simple abilities either through taking some drugs or
having some trauma, without fixing their mind in the Supreme Lord. Their
perfections are gross and inferior reflection of various mystic potencies
acquired by yogis who attain more advanced perfections by meditating on God.
7. Krishna gives
the following list of paranormal, mystic perfections also explaining how to
attain them:
- One who
worships Me in My atomic form pervading all subtle elements, fixing his mind on
that alone, obtains the mystic perfection called anima (becoming smaller than
the smallest).
- One who absorbs
his mind in the particular form of the mahat-tattva (totality of material
elements) and thus meditates upon Me as the Supreme Soul of the total material
existence achieves the mystic perfection called mahima (becoming greater than
the greatest). By further absorbing the mind in the situation of each
individual element such as the sky, air, fire, and so on, one progressively
acquires the greatness of each material element.
- I exist within
everything, and I am therefore the essence of the atomic constituents of
material elements. By attaching his mind to Me in this form, the yogi may
achieve the perfection called laghima (becoming lighter than the lightest), by
which he realizes the subtle atomic substance of time.
- Fixing his mind
completely in Me within the element of false ego generated from the mode of
goodness, the yogi obtains the power of mystic acquisition, by which he becomes
the proprietor of the senses of all living entities. He obtains such perfection
because his mind is absorbed in Me.
- One who
concentrates all mental activities in Me as the Supersoul of that phase of the
mahat-tattva which manifests the chain of fruitive activities obtains from Me,
whose appearance is beyond material perception, the most excellent mystic
perfection called prakamya (assume any shape or form one may even whimsically
desire).
- One who places
his consciousness on Vishnu, the Supersoul, the prime mover and Supreme Lord of
the external energy consisting of three modes, obtains the mystic perfection of
controlling other conditioned souls, their material bodies and their bodily
designations.
- One who places
his consciousness on Vishnu, the Supersoul, the prime mover and Supreme Lord of
the external energy consisting of three modes, obtains the mystic perfection of
controlling other conditioned souls, their material bodies and their bodily
designations.
- The yogi who
places his mind in My form of Narayana as turiya, known as the fourth factor or
beyond the modes, full of all opulences, becomes endowed with My nature and
thus obtains the mystic perfection called vashita or freedom from the modes of
nature.
- One who fixes
his pure mind on Me in My manifestation as the impersonal Brahman obtains the
greatest happiness, wherein all his desires are completely fulfilled. This is
called kamavasayita-siddhi, or the perfection of completely obtaining anything
that one desires.
- A human being
who concentrates on Me as the upholder of religious principles, the
personification of purity and the Lord of Shvetadvipa obtains the pure
existence in which he is freed from the six waves of material disturbance,
namely hunger, thirst, decay, death, grief and illusion. I.o.w. by worshiping
Lord Vishnu as the personification of material goodness one obtains the
material benediction of freedom from bodily disturbance.
- That purified
living entity who fixes his mind on the extraordinary sound vibrations
occurring within Me as the personified sky and total life air is then able to
perceive within the sky the speaking of all living entities.
I.o.w. one who
meditates on the Supreme Lord as the personified sky and air thereby acquires
the ability to hear that which is vibrated at great distance.
- Merging one's
sight into the sun planet and then the sun planet into one's eyes, one should
meditate on Me as existing within the combination of sun and vision; thus one
acquires the power to see any distant thing.
- The yogi who
completely absorbs his mind in Me, and who then makes use of the wind that
follows the mind to absorb the material body in Me, obtains through the potency
of meditation on Me the mystic perfection by which his body immediately follows
his mind wherever it goes. There is a particular subtle air that follows the
mind. When the yogi merges this air together with the body and mind in Krshna
by the potency of meditation on the Lord, his gross material body, like the
subtle air, can follow the mind anywhere. This perfection is called mano-javah.
- When the yogi,
applying his mind in a certain way, desires to assume a particular form, that
very form immediately appears. Such perfection is possible by absorbing the
mind in the shelter of My inconceivable mystic potency, by which I assume
innumerable forms. This perfection is called kama-rupa, or the ability to
assume any form that one desires.
- When a perfect yogi
desires to enter another's body, he should meditate upon himself within the
other body, and then, giving up his own gross body, he should enter the other's
body through the pathways of air, as easily as a bee leaves one flower and
flies into another. One may admire a heroic man or beautiful woman and desire
to experience life within their extraordinary material body. Such opportunities
are available through the mystic perfection called para-kaya-praveshanam.
- The yogi who
has achieved the mystic perfection called svacchanda-mrityu blocks the anus
with the heel of the foot and then lifts the soul from the heart to the chest,
to the neck and finally to the head. Situated within the brahma-randhra, the
yogι then gives up his material body and guides the spirit soul to the selected
destination. This mystic opulence of svacchandu-mrityu, or dying at will.
- The yogi who
desires to enjoy in the pleasure gardens of the demigods should meditate on the
purified mode of goodness, which is situated within Me, and then the heavenly
women, generated from the mode of goodness, will approach him in airplanes.
- A yogi who has
faith in Me, absorbing his mind in Me and knowing that My purpose is always
fulfilled, will always achieve his purpose by the very means he has determined
to follow.
- By the mystic
power called yatha-sankalpa-samsiddhi one will achieve one's objective even if
one pursues it at an inauspicious time.
- A person who
perfectly meditates on Me acquires My nature of being the supreme ruler and
controller. His order, like Mine, can never be frustrated by any means.
- A yogi who has
purified his existence by devotion to Me and who thus expertly knows the
process of meditation obtains knowledge of past, present and future. He can
therefore see the birth and death of himself and others.
- Just as the
bodies of aquatics cannot be injured by water, similarly, the body of a yogi
whose consciousness is pacified by devotion to Me and who is fully developed in
yoga science cannot be injured by fire, sun, water, poison, and so forth. I.o.w
for one skilled in the techniques of yoga, fending off attacks by weapons,
fire, poison, and so on, is a recreational activity.
- My devotee
becomes unconquerable by meditating on My opulent incarnations, which are
decorated with Shrivatsa and various weapons and are endowed with imperial
paraphernalia such as flags, ornamental umbrellas and fans.
- A learned
devotee who worships Me through yoga meditation certainly obtains in all
respects the mystic perfections that I have described.
8. The person who
is perfect in all mystic powers all the time without beginning and end, from
Who all the yogis get their desired mystic perfections is called Yogesvara or
the Lord and master of all mystic perfections. This is the definition and
description of God.
9. God exists.
References
1. Fontana, David
(2005). Is There an Afterlife?. New Alresford: O Books. pp. 352–381. ISBN
1-903816-90-4.
2. a b
"Glossary of Psi (Parapsychological) Terms (A-D)". Parapsych.org.
Retrieved 2013-11-09.
3. Miller, Sukie
(1998). After Death: How People Around the World Map the Journey After Life
(1st Touchstone ed.). New York: Simon & Schuster. ISBN 9780684838694.
4. Astral
Dynamics by Robert Bruce. Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc, 1999 ISBN
1-57174-143-7
5. Preston Peet
(2007-12-19). "Chambers Dictionary of the Unexplained: Una McGovern:
9780550102157: Amazon.com: Books". Amazon.com. Retrieved 2013-11-09.
6. Gurney, Edmund
(2011). Phantasms of the Living. Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9781108027328.
7. Flower,
Michael (2007). The seer in ancient Greece ([Online-Ausg.] ed.). Berkeley,
Calif.: University of California Press. ISBN 9780520252295.
8. Miller, Sukie
(1998). After Death: How People Around the World Map the Journey After Life
(1st Touchstone ed.). New York: Simon & Schuster. pp. 167–192. ISBN
9780684838694.
9. Edzard Ernst.
"A primer of complementary and alternative medicine commonly used by
cancer patients | Medical Journal of Australia". Mja.com.au. Retrieved
2013-11-09.
10. Loewenthal,
Kate (2009). Religion, Culture and Mental Health. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. pp. 97–107. ISBN 9780521107778.
11. Oldridge,
Darren (2007). Strange Histories: The Trial of the Pig, the Walking Dead, and
Other Matters of Fact from the Medieval and Renaissance Worlds. London:
Routledge. p. "Werewolves and Flying Witches". ISBN 9780415404921.
12. "medium
- The Skeptic's Dictionary". Skepdic.com. Retrieved 2013-11-09.
13. Randi, James
(1995). An Encyclopedia of Claims, Frauds, and Hoaxes of the Occult and
Supernatural (1st ed.). New York: St. Martin's Press. ISBN 0-312-13066-X.
14. Spence, Lewis
(2007). Encyclopedia of Occultism & Parapsychology (3rd ed.). [Whitefish,
Mont.]: Kessinger Publishing. p. 750. ISBN 978-0-7661-2817-0.
15. Braude,
Stephen E. (2002). ESP and Psychokinesis: A Philosophical Examination (Rev.
ed.). Parkland, Fla.: Brown Walker Press. p. 21. ISBN 1-58112-407-4.
16. Beloff, John
(1997). Parapsychology: a Concise History (1st paperback ed.). New York: St.
Martin's Press. p. 97. ISBN 978-0-312-17376-0.
17. Genzmer,
Herbert (2007). Mysteries of the World: Unexplained Wonders and Mysterious
Phenomena (American ed.). Bath: Parragon. p. 194. ISBN 1405490225.
18. Zusne,
Leonard (1989). Anomalistic Psychology: A Study of Magical Thinking (2nd ed.).
Hillsdale, N.J.: L. Erlbaum. p. 167. ISBN 0-8058-0508-7.
19. Wolman,
Benjamin B. (1986). Handbook of Parapsychology (Repr. ed.). Jefferson, N.C.:
McFarland. pp. 921–936. ISBN 9780899501864.
20.
Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society: A postgraduate conference
21. Hamilton,
Trevor (2009). Immortal Longings: FWH Myers and the Victorian Search for Life
after Death. Exeter, UK: Imprint Academic. p. 121. ISBN 978-1-84540-248-8.
The argument of
true evidence in psychology (i)
1. Many people
who are clinically mentally healthy have experienced paranormal events, so for
educated people to write them off with extreme prejudice comes across more as
an emotional rather than an empirical response.
2. Studying
energies, ghosts and, yes, even faeries is not considered classical science,
and metaphysical researchers are often branded as kooks and charlatans.
Is there validity to their work, and can it be considered true science?
2a. The answer to
both questions is yes, paranormal occurrences can be tested with science and
technology.
3. We now find
organizations of professional scientists who openly study phenomena lying on
the edge between physical science and the realms of mysticism and the
paranormal. Examples are the International Association for New Science (IANS),
the Society for Scientific Exploration (SSE), the Institute of Noetic Sciences
(IONS), and the International Society for the Study of Subtle Energies and
Energy Medicine (ISSSEEM). These all sponsor regular scientific conferences.
3a. The Journal
of Scientific Exploration is a quarterly peer-reviewed academic journal of the
Society for Scientific Exploration (SSE). The publication is providing "a
professional forum for presentations, criticism, and debate concerning topics
which are for various reasons ignored or studied inadequately within mainstream
science." The journal was initially established to provide a forum for
three main fields that had largely been neglected by mainstream science:
ufology, crypto zoology, and parapsychology. It has also published research articles,
essays, and book reviews on many other topics, including the philosophy of
science, pre-Columbian trans-oceanic contact, alternative medicine, the process
of peer review for controversial topics,[6] astrology, consciousness,
reincarnation, minority opinion scientific theories, and paranormal phenomena.
3b. Lucius
Werthmüller is a Swiss writer and parapsychologist with a life-long research
interest in the paranormal. On a recent visit to the United States, including
the SF Bay Area, Lucius presented a workshop on parapsychology at the Institute
of Noetic Sciences (IONS), during which he showed documentary films of
paranormal healers, sometimes also called “psychic surgeons.” Here is the story
of one movie.
-- Romilda, a 15
minute film, shows a Brazilian woman, in her late twenties or early thirties,
performing surgery to remove a cyst the size of a golf ball from Lucius
Werthmüller’s neck. She uses a surgical knife to make the initial incision but
then uses her gloved hands to remove the cyst. As in the other procedures shown
in these films, there is no use of anesthetics to stop pain or antibiotics to
stop infection. Lucius is awake during the whole operation, is talking and
cracking jokes with the surgeon-healer and other family members and observers.
The incision is manually closed after the procedure, the skin pulled together,
and the area wiped clean. In the middle of the procedure, Romilda the surgeon,
responding to some inner intuition, breaks into a lilting Brazilian lullaby.
Lucius told us that Romilda was a foundling: she had been abandoned by her
mother in a trash can in Rio de Janeiro after her birth, and has only
elementary school education. She discovered her healing abilities as a
teen-ager and has been practicing ever since.
-- For many people,
accepting the possible reality of healings through such unusual methods is
perhaps more threatening than the mere sight of blood lying around. Looking for
explanations in terms of “faking” is the cheap way out. The best is to watch
the film and face the reality of phenomena of spiritual healing that go far
beyond what the present sciences can explain.
3c. Is the human
body merely a complex biological machine, or is our health sustained by
"subtle energies" that can be guided for healing? These are the
questions posed by the field of energy medicine. Since 1990, the International
Society for the Study of Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine (ISSSEEM) has
hosted the world’s most eminent scholars and practitioners within this
revolutionary new medical field. From the effects of bioelectromagnetic energy
on the body to the healing effects of prayer to subtle energy practices of
other cultures, the book 'Energy Medicine' gathers the best of these celebrated
conferences for the first time ever. Among the twelve medical pioneers
who lift the veil on some of today's most exciting scientific discoveries Dr.
Larry Dossey explains about scientific evidence for prayer as a healing force
and Dr. Caroline Myss presents a penetrating look inside the mind of a medical intuitive.
4. The
parapsychologist Ian Stevenson has given an example of a poltergeist case from
India that involves disappearing food.[1] It seems that a woman from the
village of Degaon, south of Bombay, had the reputation in the village of being
a sorceress. Food mysteriously disappearing in the village was turning up in
her dwelling.
5a. Stevenson’s
informant, one Swami Krishnanand, decided to put her abilities to the test. In
one instance, “Swami Krishnanand … pointed to a lota (pot) which he held in his
hand and to a man who was milking a cow some distance away, and asked to have
some of the milk put into the lota. Instantly the lota became filled with milk
and at the same time the milk-man noticed that his vessel had less, rather than
more, milk in it. He looked up astonished.”[2] The woman believed that these
effects were due to a discarnate spirit that was allied with her, and Stevenson
was inclined to favor this interpretation.
5b. Uri Geller.
Geller is one of the most well-known "psychics" who has publicly
demonstrated feats of psycho kinesis: spoon and key bending have become almost
synonymous with Geller's name. Although many skeptics and magicians consider
his metal-bending performances nothing more than adroit sleight-of-hand, Geller
has allegedly shown that he can manifest the effects over great distances and
in multiple locations. On a British radio show in 1973, after demonstrating key
bending to the astonishment of the host, Geller invited the listening audience
to participate. Just minutes later, phone calls began pouring into the radio
station from listeners all over the UK reporting that knives, forks, spoons,
keys and nails began to bend and twist spontaneously. Watches and clocks that
had not run in years began to work. It was an event whose success surprised
even Geller and thrust him into the spotlight.
6. There are many
accounts of this nature, it follows that miracles are real even though not due
to the direct action of God or the highly placed servants of God known as
demigods. But there are many supernatural beings between Heaven and earth,
As the USA
government eg has so many ministers, secretaries, clerks, administrators,
cleaners etc etc a giant bureaucracy.
7. Newton
introduced the strict mathematical formulation of the laws of nature known as
the “laws of physics.” By experimental measurements one can confirm the laws
with great accuracy.
8. Laws of
physics are completely incompatible with the kind of miraculous events.
9. No occurrence
of any action takes place without someone’s will and control.
10. As the gross
physical entities can operate on the gross physical level so there are living
entities who operate and control things in the subtle, to us non-visible
dimension.
11. God operates
on an even higher, more subtle dimension namely the spiritual dimension visible
only for spiritually advanced souls.
12. God exists.
References
1. Stevenson,
Ian, July, 1972, “Are Poltergeists Living or Are They Dead?” The Journal of the
American Society for Psychical Research, Vol. 66, No. 3.
2. Ibid.
The Argument from
the Hard Problem of Consciousness
1. The Hard
Problem of Consciousness for materialists consists in the difficulty in
explaining why it subjectively feels like something witnessing the functioning
brain and body. (This is to be distinguished from the so-called Easy Problem of
Consciousness, which is to explain why some brain processes are unconscious and
others are conscious.) Just like you reader, suppose you are young man. You had
a body of a child. You remember that you had a body of a child, but that body
is no longer existing. But you remember; therefore you, the owner of the body,
is existing. Otherwise how do you remember, "I had a body like this with
this measurement? But that body is no longer existing, but you are remembering.
So you are the owner and witness, transcendental to the body. Just like you
have now for example a black coat. Say after two days you may put on another
colored coat, but you remember that "I was putting on one black coat on
that day." So you are existing; the coat is changed. Similarly, the soul
is existing; the body is changed. Therefore it is natural to know that when you
are an old man and will die, then I change this body, I get another body. A
text from Bhagavad-Gita (2.13) says: “As the embodied soul continuously passes,
in this body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into
another body at death. A sober person is not bewildered by such a change.”
Because he has witnessed during the life in this body, many reincarnations literally
changes of flesh, in science called turn-over times of ALL the parts of the
body. He knows:”Many bodies have died, new bodies came, now this old body will
go, I know already I am eternal,” so he has no fear.
2. Consciousness
(in the Hard-Problem sense) is not a complex phenomenon built out of simpler
ones; it consists of the irreducible substrate or basis of “raw feels, thoughts
and desires” like seeing red, tasting salt, experiencing feelings, having
thoughts.
3. Science
explains complex phenomena by reducing them to simpler ones, and reducing them
to still simpler ones, until the simplest ones are explained by the basic laws
of physics.
4. The basic laws
of physics describe the properties of the elementary constituents of matter and
energy, like quarks and quanta, which are not conscious.
5. Science cannot
derive to consciousness by reducing it to basic physical laws about the
elementary constituents of matter and energy (from 2, 3, and 4). Science
doesn’t have a theory of neuroscience that explains how consciousness emerges
from patterns of neural activity
6. Material
science will never solve the Hard Problem of Consciousness (from 3 and 5)
because it is not an emergent of matter (see 1) since it is the eternal
transcendental spectator of matter
7. The
explanation for consciousness is that it is beyond physical laws (from 6).
8. Consciousness,
lying outside physical laws, must itself be immaterial (from 7). Every
measurable manifestation of consciousness, like our ability to describe what we
feel, or let our feelings guide our behavior (the “Easy Problem” of
consciousness), has been, or will be, explained in terms of neural activity
(that is, every thought, feeling, and intention has a neural correlate). Only
the existence of consciousness itself (the “Hard Problem”) remains mysterious,
for materialists.
9. God is also
immaterial. When you reader understand that "I, the proprietor of the
body, I am different from this body," then you will understand God also,
very easily. Because you are the proprietor of this body, and you are given the
controlling power of the body by thinking, feeling, willing, by acting. You
have your body. You are sitting. You can say, "Now I am going away."
The body is under your control. You can do that. Similarly, when you understand
this fully, then you'll understand that in this huge, gigantic body, material
cosmic manifestation, there is also an immaterial proprietor and controller,
easily. God is not different in quality than you. God means like you in huge,
unlimited quantity. As you have got little intelligence—you can create a
wonderful thing, Boeing 747 airplane flying in the air—so God has got unlimited
brain. Millions and trillions of universes are floating or flying in the air.
The process is the same. You are teeny. You are very much proud that "I am
so advanced that I have manufactured the 747." Now compare with the
intelligence of God? Such a huge lump of matter, the sun, is floating also
there. That is the difference between you and God. You have got brain, He has got
brain, but your the brain is very teeny, little, and His brain very big. That
is difference between you and God. So if you understand yourself, sample of
God, then you understand the Supreme God.
10a.
Consciousness and God both consist of the same immaterial kind of being (from 8
and 9). Consciousness comes from a spark of the divine, the soul.
10b. God has not
only the means to impart consciousness to us, but also the motive—namely, to
allow us to enjoy a good life, and to make it possible for our choices to cause
or prevent suffering in others, thereby allowing for morality and meaning.
11. God exists.
The Digital
Physics Argument
1. Simulations
can only exist in a computer or a mind.
2. The universe
can be imitated in a computer simulation. Thus the original is also created by
a mind.
3. A simulation
on a computer still must be simulated in a mind.
4. Therefore, the
universe is a simulation in a mind (2, 3).
5. This mind is
what all men call God.
6. Therefore, God
exists.
The Argument from
the Inconceivability of Personal Annihilation
1. I cannot
conceive of my own annihilation: as soon as I am thinking, this implies that I
exist (as in Descartes’ Cogito ergo sum). And I will always exist as the
Bhagavad-Gita (2.12-24) explains:
“Never was there
a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor all these kings; nor in the future
shall any of us cease to be. As the embodied soul continuously passes, in this
body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another
body at death. A sober person is not bewildered by such a change. Those who are
seers of the truth have concluded that of the nonexistent [the material body]
there is no endurance and of the eternal [the soul] there is no change. This
they have concluded by studying the nature of both. That which pervades the
entire body you should know to be indestructible. No one is able to destroy
that imperishable soul. For the soul there is neither birth nor death at any
time. He has not come into being, does not come into being, and will not come
into being. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing and primeval. He is not slain
when the body is slain. As a person puts on new garments, giving up old ones,
the soul similarly accepts new material bodies, giving up the old and useless
ones. The soul can never be cut to pieces by any weapon, nor burned by fire,
nor moistened by water, nor withered by the wind. This individual soul is
unbreakable and insoluble, and can be neither burned nor dried. He is
everlasting, present everywhere, unchangeable, immovable and eternally the
same.”
This implies that
I cannot be thinking about what it is like not to exist.
2. My
annihilation is inconceivable (from 1).
3. What cannot be
conceived, cannot be.
4. I cannot be
annihilated (from 2 and 3).
5. I survive
after my death (from 4). The body is changing from one form to another, but the
spirit soul is existing eternally. This fact we can experience even in our own
life. Since the beginning of our material body in the womb of our mother, the
body is transforming from one shape to another in every second and in every
minute. This process is generally known as growth, but actually it is change of
body. On this earth planet we see change of day and night and of seasons. The
more primitive mentality attributes this change to changes occurring in the
sun. For example, in the winter they think the sun is getting weaker, and at
night they presume sometimes that the sun is dead. With more advanced knowledge
of discovery we see that sun is not changing at all in this way. Seasonal and
diurnal changes are attributed to the change of the position of the earth
planet. Similarly, we experience bodily changes from embryo to child to youth
to maturity to old age and to death. The less intelligent mind presumes that at
the death the spirit soul's existence is forever finished, just like primitive
tribes who believe that the sun dies at sunset. Actually, the sun is rising in
another part of the world. Similarly, the soul is accepting another type of
body. When the body gets old like the old garments and is no longer usable,
then the soul accepts another body just like we accept a new suit of clothes.
The modern civilization is enamored by the glimmering manifestation of the
cosmic body or the individual body, but they do not try to understand the basic
principles of this glimmering situation. The body looks very beautiful working
with full energy and exhibiting great traits of talent and wonderful brain
work. But as soon as the soul is away from the body, all this glimmering
situation of the body becomes useless. Even the great scientists who have
discovered many wonderful scientific contributions could not trace out about
the personal self, which is the cause of such wonderful discoveries. You can
find out the background of this body as the soul and the soul's presence as
perceived, perceptible by consciousness. Similarly, the presence of Supersoul
and super-consciousness in the universal body of cosmic manifestation is
perceived by the presence of the Supreme Lord, or the Absolute Truth. The Absolute
Truth is realized in three phases of understanding, namely as Brahman, or the
impersonal universal soul; Paramatma, or the localized universal soul; and at
the end as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. An individual soul is understood
in three aspects, namely first in the consciousness pervading all over the
body, then as the spirit soul within the heart, and ultimately exhibited as a
person. Similarly, the Absolute Truth is first realized as impersonal Brahman,
then as localized Supersoul, Paramatma, and at the end as the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, Krishna. Krishna means all-inclusive, or, in other
words, Krishna is simultaneously Brahman, Paramatma, and the Personality of
Godhead. As such, as every one of us is simultaneously consciousness, soul, and
person, this individual person and the Supreme Lord Person are qualitatively
one but quantitatively different. Just like the drop of sea water and the vast
mass of sea water—both are qualitatively one. The chemical composition of the
drop of sea water and that of the mass of sea water are one and the same, but
the quantity of salt and other minerals in the whole sea is many, many times
greater than the quantity of salt and other minerals contained in the drop of
sea water. The Supreme Lord, or Krishna, is the maintainer of the individual
living entities.
6. God exists.
Argument from
star trek
1. Star Trek is a
show with supernatural phenomenons.
2. All the
wonders in it seem like magic but it's actually yoga science!
3. These mystic
perfection are also known as yogic siddhi’s or perfections.
- one transforms
one's own body becoming smaller than the smallest or becoming greater than the
greatest,
- one can become
lighter than the lightest,
- one can
acquires whatever one desires,
- one can
experiences any enjoyable object, either in this world or the next,
- one can obtain
anything from anywhere, to the highest possible limit.
4. Atheists say:
" Even if all those extraordinary reports about miracles turn out to be
real, it doesn't mean God exists."
5. However,
humans are not born with abilities of telepathy, telekinesis, omnipotence etc.
These abilities have to be acquired.
6. As electricity
comes from a powerhouse so mystic abilities have a source. Moreover these have
to belong to a person and only a person can give an ability to somebody else
who desires to have e.g. telepathy, telekinesis etc.
7. The atheist
can say: "These abilities are coming from the unexplored, undeveloped
parts of the brain."
8. We reply: Dr.
J. B. Rhine and other parapsychologists have shown persuasive evidence for
telepathy (the ability to read another person's thoughts) and clairvoyance (the
ability to perceive objects and events without using your senses). And
experiments have shown that both telepathy and clairvoyance can work over long
distances.
8a. The brain
works locally but the mystical abilities go even further, out of the body and
do not depend on the functioning of the brain just like at the time of clinical
death there is sometimes an experience of the outer world without any
functioning of the brain and heart.
9. This means
mystical powers are within the mind, which is a subtle energy that continues to
exist after the material body dies and can independently function of the
material body also during clinical death or real death.
10. As per point
6 & 8a the mystical abilities have to be received from outside from a
conscious source who has all the mystic perfections within Him.
11. This
conscious source of mystic powers who fulfils the desires of all mystics for
mystic perfections is God.
12. God exists.
The
argument of the original economy
1. Nowadays
people are wondering why there are many times economic crises.
2. However, in
Vedic times more than 5000 years ago the economy was flourishing because people
did perform sacrifices for the pleasure of God.
3. In
Hastinapura, Dhritarashtra had performed five sacrifices with the wealth Pandu
had bestowed upon him. He gave charity to hundreds of thousands of brahmanas
and satisfied the gods with his offerings. The kingdom flourished and the
citizens had everything they desired. They were devoted to virtue, sacrifice
and truth. Bearing love and affection for one another, they grew in prosperity.
Hastinapura was like the ocean filled with numerous palaces and mansions. There
were golden arches and crystal fountains everywhere. Between broad, paved
highways lay beautiful gardens and the air was filled with the sweet fragrance
of blossoming trees. The clatter of horses’ hooves and chariot wheels mixed
with the trumpeting of elephants and the blare of conch shells which mark the
beginning of sacrificial performances. Holy chants uttered by numerous Brahmins
emanated from tall and exquisitely carved temple buildings, which graced the
city in their thousands. Hastinapura appeared like Indra’s celestial capital,
and each day dozens of feudal kings would come to bring tribute.
4. Nowadays
people are wondering why there is global warming.
b. However, in
Vedic times more than 5000 years ago the rain would fall at night and during
the day there was nice weather.
c. The balance of
the weather was maintained by sacrifices for the pleasure of God.
d. Once
Raghavendra Tirtha was requested to come to the palace of King Vijayaraghava to
perform the Varuna Yajna to bring rain to the kingdom. This part of the counrty
hadn't seen rain in a long time, so as the king was very responsible and pious,
he brought the best of brahmanas there to invoke rain. Raghavendra Tirtha
first as usual performed the preliminary pujas and then worshiped Mula Rama.
He requested the Supreme Lord, Rama, the controller of the three worlds, to
empower him to purely perform the yajna (sacrifice) as requested and to give
the required result, rain, to the people in the kingdom.
4b. That night
after the yajna, there was a heavy downpour. It was not a violent storm,
but very pleasing. Invoked by the pure devotion of Raghavendra Swami,
everyone reaped a 'bumper crop' that year.
5. God, who
awards the result of sacrifices, so that people can live happily in this and
the next life, exists.
Argument
from blindness
1. Atheists are
spiritually blind. In our practical experience we never see that inert bricks
can themselves construct a big building. What is taking place within your
practical experience by chance?
2. They are also blind
about the soul; In your childhood you were conscious, in your boyhood you were
conscious, in your youth you were conscious, and as you progress to old age you
will be conscious. So your body is changing, but your consciousness continues
unchanged. This you cannot deny. Therefore the Bhagavad-gita says, na hanyate
hanyamane sarire: [Bg. 2.20] "Consciousness is eternal. It is not
vanquished with the destruction of the temporary body." Or another
example: a child born. If the child is born dead, it is simply dead matter. It
does not grow. But if the child is living, or the spirit soul is within that
body, then it develops.
3. Similarly, the
whole cosmic manifestation, this big universe, unless there is, in the center,
the Supreme Spirit, how it develops? It cannot develop. Either you take this
body or take this universal body—without the spirit being entered within it,
there cannot be development. If they accept that life started from life, then
they'll have to accept God, the Supreme Person. Just like by practical
experience we see one life is produced by another life. The father, mother
begets a child. Not that a child drops from the sky. Their test tube experiment
also depends on the father and mother. Where is the proof that in the test tube
you mix some chemical and produce a child. Then your theory is all right. You
cannot create even an ant, even a fly. And still you are claiming that you can
manufacture human being? We can see life started from life, father begetting
child. We can see father is a living man, and another child will be born. But
where is life starting from matter? Where is that evidence? Life starting from
life, we have got practical experience, but where is the evidence that life
started from matter? They have no practical experience that life is coming from
matter. That is called vriscika-tandula-nyaya. You have no experience in your
country. In India there is. Sometimes you'll find, a scorpion is coming out
from the stack of rice.. So some are thinking the rice is producing the scorpion.
It is called tandula-vriscika-nyaya. But rice cannot produce a life. The real
fact is a scorpion lays down the egg within the rice, and by the fermentation
the small creature comes out. And foolish creatures, they think it that the
rice is producing scorpion.
4. Another
example: an airplane is flying in the sky but it is not independently flying.
There is the pilot. He is pushing the button, and it is flying. A big car, big
machine, big factory—without touch of spiritual consciousness, there is no question
of moving. We have got this practical experience. Where is the evidence that,
without the touch of spirit soul, that machine is moving? Is there any
evidence? Then how you can say that without God, the whole universe is moving?
There is no evidence. We have no such experience. Then how you can say that
without the direction of God, the material nature can move? The atheists say
“Big Bang” They do not see who is behind this explosion. That is their
ignorance or poor fund of knowledge. We have got practical experience that no
explosion takes place without the touch of a human being. Similarly, even there
was explosion going on before the creation, but there is a touch of the Supreme
Being. If we are seeing the explosion, we know somebody caused it. But if a
child sees an explosion, he does not know that behind the explosion, there is a
management of a superior being. This is childish observation. In scripture we
read that behind everything, the hand of the Supreme Being is there, and by our
practical experience also, we see that matter does not act automatically
without being touched by a living being, so how we can accept this argument,
that the explosion is going on automatically? What is the evidence? There is no
evidence.
5. Another
example, the original water of the oceans came from the perspiration of God.
Just like you have perspiration. You can produce, say, one gram or, say, one
ounce of water through your bodily heat. So if you can produce one ounce of
water from your body, why God cannot produce volumes and millions of tons of
water from His body? Where is the difficulty to understand? You are a tiny
soul, and you have got a small body. You can produce one ounce of water by your
perspiration. Why God, who has got the gigantic body of His universe, He cannot
produce water.
6. And where is
God. Just like a big man, rich man: he is the enjoyer and he has got many
servants. The capitalist, he starts some business, big factory. Ten thousand
men are working, but the capitalist is not working. He is aloof from the
factory. In a nice place, in a nice bungalow, garden house, he is enjoying.
Similarly, God, Krishna, He is the enjoyer, aloof in Heaven. He is there with
His elder brother, enjoying in the forest, sporting with His cowherd boy
friends and girlfriends, His cows, calves. A big man, he is sitting at his
home. With his family he's enjoying. But he is managing many, many hundreds of
factories sitting there. Big, big business magnate, they do not come to the
office, neither he goes to the factory. Simply by his order, telephone,
"You do this,"; things are going on. So if it is possible materially
that one ordinary man, he can manage hundreds of factories and offices without
going there, simply by his order, so how much powerful is Krishna we have to imagine.
The demigods, God’s secretaries manage. Just like demigod Indra: he's managing
the affairs of rains, how to collect the clouds, how to disperse them. In this
way there is so much universal management. But all these managements are going
on under the supreme management of Krishna, God in heaven.
7. Therefore, God
exists.
The argument from
manifestations
1. When you
perform bhakti-yoga, the yoga of love, you will see God, also called Krishna or
Govinda, the primeval Lord. He the first Father, who is tending cows, yielding
all desire, in abodes built with spiritual gems, surrounded by millions of
wish-fulfilling trees, always served with great reverence and affection by
hundreds of thousands of lakshmis or gopis. The spiritual (cit) potency has
built the spiritual world of transcendental gems. The cintamani which serves as
material in the building of the abode of the Supreme Lord of Goloka, is a far
rarer and more pleasing entity than the philosopher's stone. The purpose tree
yields only the fruits of piety, wealth, fulfilment of desire and liberation;
but the purpose trees in the abode of Krishna bestow innumerable fruits in the
shape of varieties divine love. Kama-dhenus (cows yielding the fulfilment of
desire) give milk when they are milked; but the kama-dhenus of Goloka pour
forth oceans of milk in the shape of the fountain of love showering
transcendental bliss that does away with the hunger and thirst of all pure
devotees, the liberated souls. Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is adept in
playing on His flute, with blooming eyes like lotus petals with head decked
with peacock's feather, with the figure of beauty tinged with the hue of blue
clouds, and His unique loveliness charming millions of Cupids. That flute by
his enchanting musical sound attracts the hearts of all living beings. Just as
a lotus petal produces a pleasant sight, so the two beautiful eyes of Krishna
who causes the manifestation of our spiritual vision, display the unlimited
splendour and beauty of His moon-like face. The loveliness that adorns His head
with peacock feather figures, the corresponding feature of the spiritual beauty
of Krishna. Just as a mass of blue clouds offers a specifically soothing,
pleasant view, the complexion of Krishna is analogously tinged with a spiritual
dark-blue color. The beauty and loveliness of Krishna is far more enchanting
than that of Cupid multiplied a million-fold. Govinda, the primeval Lord, round
whose neck is swinging a garland of flowers beautified with the moon-locket,
whose two hands are adorned with the flute and jewelled ornaments, who always
revels in pastimes of love, spiritual amorous sports, whose graceful
threefold-bending form of Syamasundara is eternally manifest. Govinda, the
primeval Lord, whose transcendental form is full of bliss, truth,
substantiality and is thus full of the most dazzling splendour. Each of the
limbs of that transcendental figure possesses in Himself, the full-fledged
functions of all the organs, and eternally sees, maintains and manifests the
infinite universes, both spiritual and mundane.
2. Therefore, God
exists.
Argument from
incredulity
1. How could God
NOT exist? Nothing else can take His place.
2. Because there
are 4 philosophies on the cause of all causes and effects.
a. brahmayjoti or
light. This theory has no experiment to proof itself; light has never produced
prebiotic material and life. In fact, light always is caused by a source of
light and is never independent cause.
b. sunya or
nothingness, nothing, zero. Absolute Nothingness doesn't even exist, so zero
for this theory.
c. Nature, Big
Bang and Accident. Show us in a closed room experiment. If you say: "I
bring in this experiment forces as are working in Nature", then you proof
Nature also has Persons creating forces.
d. God. Thus
theory 4 or d is true. God is the cause of all causes and effects.
We can also
positively prove this; we see in human history how humans create robots similar
to humans, plastic flowers (not as good as Gods' flowers), dummy humans cows
pigs, heavens or paradises, hells or concentration camps or penalty colonies as
in Siberia, planetariums. Similarly, God creates humans, plants, animals,
Heaven, hell, the planetary systems.
3. Therefore, God
exists.
The argument of
the imperfect god, failing to become more perfect
1. Speculator
(S): God creates the universe by reflecting meanings in His consciousness into
matter. This creation is similar to the creation of artistic products like
books and paintings. The universe is the product of a creative urge in the
creator by which He externalizes His personality into matter. Notions of God’s
personality and His nature therefore precede the existence of the universe.
2. Theist (T):
The material creation is a prison-house. God has no need for it, such as to
express His bhavas– emotions.
There is only one
emotion: come back home, back to Godhead or the spiritual world.
The creation of
the material world in existentialism or process theology is a necessary part of
God. This means God always has the imperfection with Him. The ethics for a
human become to actualize and develop himself, but there will always be a sour
footnote: whatever you make, Time will destroy it all. And matter is always
permeated with misery- birth, disease, old age, death, karma, the guna’s or
modes of nature, sufferings imposed by nature, other living entities and one’s
own body and mind.
God, according to
this speculation, was always imperfect and the conclusion is that He will
always be imperfect. How this is a perfect philosophy, with an imperfect God?
God using His creation to come to full self-development has truth to it.
However, Whitehead and Hartshorne only recognize one energy; the external
energy. His expanding pleasure does not apply to the external energy. It
does apply to the internal potency. This is the crucial difference. There is
another nature. We, spirit souls, are internal energy, and we have our home in
the spiritual nature, outside of the material nature. Whitehead and Hartshorne
do “natural theology,” that is, theology not dependent upon “revelation.” However,
all knowledge is revelation, but the revelation in all cases is proportionate
to one’s qualification (e.g. in the material world, there is knowledge in
goodness, passion, and ignorance; in transcendence there is brahman,
paramatma, bhagavan, and so on.) The external energy is for the development of
the jivas, and it is a prison, and the jivas here are largely locked out of the
internal dynamics of the spiritual energy, by which both God and his devotees
ever increase in beauty, knowledge, and love. That takes place perpetually in
Krsna’s spiritual energy or svarupa-sakti or antaranga sakti.
3. (S): God as
pure pleasure and knowledge expands His personality in six different ways to
obtain knowledge and pleasure.
4. (T): He does
not enjoy matter, he creates a material world which is temporary and meant for
pain and punishment. anityam asukham lokam Bhag Gita
9.33
dukhAlayam
asAsvatam Bhag Gita 8.15
5. (S): God is
still enjoying through this creation. It is the pleasure that a mother gets
from punishing the children.
6. (T): No mother
likes beating, in fact she is not allowed, only to threaten.
Your words
are ''to obtain knowledge and pleasure.” God does not make the material world
to get bliss, ananda and knowledge, jnana.
The material
world is to give facility and punishment for the imitation gods-the souls.
God is never
suffering, therefore he sends avataras, descents. Caitanya Caritamrta
antya 3.52 Haridasa Thakura replied, “My dear Lord, do not be in anxiety.
Do not be unhappy to see the condition of the yavanas in material existence.”
PURPORT
These words of
Haridasa Thakura cinta na kariha—do not be in anxiety, are just befitting a
devotee who has dedicated his life and soul to the service of the Lord. When
the Lord is unhappy because of the condition of the fallen souls, the devotee
consoles Him, saying, “My dear Lord, do not be in anxiety.” This is service.
Everyone should adopt the cause of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu to try to relieve
Him from the anxiety He feels. This is actually service to the Lord. One who
tries to relieve Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu’s anxiety for the fallen souls is
certainly a most dear and confidential devotee of the Lord.
7. (S): God
communicates information about Himself into matter. By this messaging God
objectifies Himself in matter.
8. (T): True, but
is a bit too rosy; it is not His prime purpose. In the prison He is as a
by-product also visible; He may sometimes come, or put a painting or photograph
of himself. The prison reflects him. But a king does not create a prison to
message information about himself, for this he writes law-books, biographies,
newspapers.
9. (S): Tapa–
austerities is said to cause God to sweat, and that sweat is the causal ocean,
the cause of the material world.
10. (T): He is
not doing tapa; he is thinking (of the fallen souls, his thankless tasks,
boring duties- again make this fools paradise) - sweats - karana samudra,
causal ocean is created.
Maha-narayana
Upanishad (1.4): atha punar eva narayanah so 'nyam kamam manasa dhyayet. tasya
dhyanantah-sthasya lalanat svedo 'patat. ta ima pratatapa tasu tejo hiran-mayam
andam tatra brahma catur-mukho 'jayata. "Then Lord Narayana meditated upon
another desire of His, and as He pondered, a drop of perspiration fell from His
forehead. All the material creations evolved from the fermentation of this
drop. Therein the fiery, golden egg of the universe appeared, and within that
globe four-headed Brahma took his birth."
11. (S): People
exercise and it causes them to tire out. Do they enjoy it? Yes. Is it the
highest pleasure? No. Why do you exercise? It is necessary evil. But is it
suffering? Not necessarily. You can also enjoy it!
12. (T): We don’t
exercise, that is only for over-eaters. Krsna not needs matter, as a king and
his queen don't go to the prison-house to increase their pleasure . It is the
inferior energy apAra, bhinna Bg 7.5 apara—inferior;
iyam—this; itah—besides this; tu—but; anyam—another; prakritim—energy;
viddhi—just try to understand; me—My; param—superior; jiva-bhutam—comprising
the living entities; maha-baho—O mighty-armed one; yaya—by whom; idam—this;
dharyate—is utilized or exploited; jagat—the material world.
TRANSLATION
Besides these, O
mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises
the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior
nature.
13. (S): The
pleasure of exercise, administering, organizing, maintaining, creating and
destroying. This is not much of pleasure, but it is still pleasure. Perhaps if
you think a bit about it, you might realize. The are three forms of Lord Vishnu
within the material creation are certainly very happy!
14. (T): Why this
is not done by Krishna, why it is delegated to His expansions. Because He is
with Radha. That is happy.
"...material
nature, ashamed of her thankless task of acting to induce the living entities
to become averse to the Supreme Lord, remains behind the Lord in
shyness". CC adi 5.86
Brahma Samhita T
44 “The external potency Maya who is of the nature of the shadow of the cit
potency, is worshiped by all people as Durga, the creating, preserving and
destroying agency of this mundane world. I adore the primeval Lord Govinda in
accordance with whose will Durga conducts herself.”
PURPORT
(The aforesaid
presiding deity of Devi-dhama is being described.) The world, in which Brahma
takes his stand and hymns the Lord of Goloka, is Devi-dhama consisting of the
fourteen worlds and Durga is its presiding deity. She is ten-armed,
representing the tenfold fruitive activities. She rides on the lion,
representing her heroic prowess. She tramples down Mahishasura, representing
the subduer of vices. She is the mother of two sons, Karttikeya and Ganesa,
representing beauty and success. She is placed between Lakshmi and Sarasvati,
representing mundane opulence and mundane knowledge. She is armed with the
twenty weapons, representing the various pious activities enjoined by the Vedas
for suppression of vices. She holds the snake, representing the beauty of destructive
time. Such is Durga possessing all these manifold forms. Durga is possessed of
durga, which means a prison house. When jivas begotten of the marginal potency
(tatastha sakti) forget the service of Krishna they are confined in the mundane
prison house, the citadel of Durga. The wheel of karma is the instrument of
punishment at this place. The work of purifying these penalized jivas is the
duty devolved upon Durga. She is incessantly engaged in discharging the same by
the will of Govinda. When, luckily. the forgetfulness of Govinda on the part of
imprisoned jivas is remarked by them by coming in contact with self-realized
souls and their natural aptitude for the loving service of Krishna is aroused,
Durga herself then becomes the agency of their deliverance by the will of
Govinda. So it behoves everybody to obtain the guileless grace of Durga, the
mistress of this prison house, by propitiating her with the selfless service of
Krishna. The boons received from Durga in the shape of wealth, property, recovery
from illness, of wife and sons, should be realized as the deluding kindness of
Durga. The mundane psychical jubilations of dasa-maha-vidya, the ten goddesses
or forms of Durga, are elaborated for the delusion of the fettered souls of
this world. Jiva is a spiritual atomic part of Krishna. When he forgets his
service of Krishna he is at once deflected by the attracting power of Maya in
this world, who throws him into the whirlpool of mundane fruitive activity
(karma) by confining him in a gross body constituted by the five material
elements, their five attributes and eleven senses, resembling the garb of a
prisoner. In this whirlpool jiva has experience of happiness and miseries,
heaven and hell. Besides this, there is a subtle body. consisting of the mind,
intelligence and ego, inside the gross body. By means of the subtle body. the
jiva forsakes one gross body and takes recourse to another. The jiva cannot get
rid of the subtle body. full of nescience and evil desires, unless and until he
is liberated. On getting rid of the subtle body he bathes in the Viraja and
goes up to Hari-dhama.
15. (S): God
creates the universe “in His image”.
16. (T): It is a
perverted reflection Urdhva-mUlam adhah-sAkham Bhagavad Gita 15.1
17. (S): But it
is still God's image. There are two kinds of images - the shadow reflection
which falls "behind" God and the reflection which falls in a mirror
"in front of" God. You are not incorrect in calling it an inverted
image, but an inverted image is still an image. The material and spiritual
images are formed from the same language. It is for this reason that you can
form deities and forms of God and speak about God in the material creation. We
have to ask - if the universe is perverted, then how am I able to think of God
here?
God’s glance over
matter communicates information about Himself into matter. By this messaging
God objectifies Himself in matter. God “impregnates” matter with His “seed”.
This “seed” is subtle information about God that He communicates into matter to
model matter after Himself.
18. (T): Matter
is the inferior energy , it is separated. We are rebels, demons, devils, fallen
angels, kicked out of paradise, it is not Gods pleasure to create it as a
government doesn’t like to create the prison, it is not their self-expression
but a necessary evil. The self-expression of God is His spiritual world.
19. (S): There is
a progressive scheme of development of ideas into actions.
20. (T): God is
satya-sankalpa, His desires become instantly objects.
21. (S): The
souls and God need to know themselves and search for meaning in their
existence; both are eternal but nevertheless driven by this need to realize
their potential.
22. (T): God is
atmarama. He can expand unlimitedly and thus unfold his potential. To say He
needs to know Himself is saying there is a deficiency in Him. He can go from
complete to more complete, more complete. He has meaning in His existence,
which is more lila– pastimes; He is not searching for meaning as a ‘burnt out’
or frustrated soul in matter.
23. (S): Both God
and the living beings are identical in that they exist, they have a desire to
know themselves, they engage in actions to express and know themselves and
rejoice in knowledge of their selves.
24. (T): Which
Godhead wants and enjoys to know Himself; all They do is lila=play, sport,
love- exchange.
25. (S): Creation
too is the outcome of the need in God to know Himself as an individual.
26. (T): The
spiritual world is His field of sat cit ananda eternal bliss and awareness. The
material world is asat acit nirananda; it is the prison house for rebel
souls. God doesn’t need the prison-house just as the king doesn’t need the
prison; he is happy enough in the palace.
27. (S): There is
a need in consciousness to be self-conscious, and it exists in God as well.
28. (T): God is
in cit– complete consciousness, cit sakti– energy is His servant.
29. (S): The
world acts as an intermediary for consciousness to know itself through its acts
of self-expression.
30. (T): This is
for the jiva . He expresses his life of imitating god and suffers. And thus he
learns, comes to know himself; what he should not do. And learns: “I better
become a servant of God.”
31. (S): In this
sense, the creation must be present for God to know Himself.
32. (T): God is
fine without matter.
33. (S): God
realizes Himself by becoming the content of His consciousness and creates the
universe for it.
34. (T): Only if
you mean that God realizes that the prison is needed for some jivas and thus He
expands the purusa avataras, Himself Immanent, to govern the material world.
“The Lord wanted
to create the cosmic manifestation to give another chance to the conditioned
souls who were dormant in forgetfulness. The cosmic manifestation gives the
conditioned souls a chance to go back home, back to Godhead, and that is its
main purpose. The Lord is so kind that in the absence of such a manifestation
He feels something wanting, and thus the creation takes place. Although the
creation of the internal potency was manifested, the other potency appeared to be
sleeping, and the Lord wanted to awaken her to activity, just as a husband
wants to awaken his wife from the sleeping state for enjoyment. It is the
compassion of the Lord for the sleeping energy that He wants to see her awaken
for enjoyment like the other wives who are awake. The whole process is to
enliven the sleeping conditioned souls to the real life of spiritual
consciousness so that they may thus become as perfect as the ever-liberated
souls in the Vaikunthalokas. Since the Lord is sac-cid-ananda-vigraha [Bs.
5.1], He likes every part and parcel of His different potencies to take part in
the blissful rasa because participation with the Lord in His eternal rasa-lila
is the highest living condition, perfect in spiritual bliss and eternal
knowledge.” (SB 3.25.4 purport)
35. (S): God
creates the universe for His self-realization,.. God’s attempt at
self-knowledge.. He creates the universe to create contexts for His
self-awareness. In this sense, God’s creativity is more fundamental than the
creativity of other individuals. God creates the world in His self-image to use
those contexts for His own self-actualization.
36. (T): God has
become many. Eko bahu syama. Why? Because as it is stated in the Vedanta-sutra,
anandamayo 'bhyasat (Vedanta-sutra 1.1.12). He is by nature anandamaya, joyful.
He wants to enjoy Himself with so many. ananda does not mean remaining one. No.
Variety. Variety is the mother of enjoyment. So these varieties, they're all
spiritual. So practically our creation is for enjoying in the company, in the
association of the Supreme Lord. But we thought that it is better to become an
imitation God and try to lord it over the material nature. That is not
possible; therefore we are suffering outside of paradise.
37. (S): God
desires Himself; since God must be self-aware in a true and honest sense, the
content of His awareness must be Himself. His awareness in the self is also the
awareness of the self. He is aware in Himself and aware about Himself at the
same time, and these two are identical. The answer to why God seeks pleasure
with Himself is therefore that He seeks pleasure arising out of His true and
honest self-awareness.
38. (T): SB
8.19.18 “Being complete in Yourself, You have no other goal than taking care of
Your devotee. You know what is necessary for Your devotees. You are
affectionate to them. You are not aware of Your own needs.” ( Srila
Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura bhasya sarartha darsini)
39. (S): When the
material creation ceases, God is said to be “sleeping” or not self-aware. The
sleep here is deep-sleep and not the dreaming stage where the mind can still
create ideas.
40. (T):
Maha-Vishnu and the God’s immanent return into Maha-Sankarsana, The Emanation
of Krishna for Majesty and Opulence. They meditate on His origin; His glories.
There is no susupti, dreamless sleep for God.
41. (S): Both
ordinary conscious beings and God are capable of creating myriad visions of
themselves. Through these visions, God incarnates into various different forms,
and the living being chooses to exist in a particular type of existence.
42. (T): The
avataras have their original forms in the spiritual world. These forms are also
for increasing the ananda Krishna, the Absolute anandamaya has become many: eko
bahu syama. We are also Krishna's parts and parcels, meant to give pleasure to
Krishna. And the chief pleasure potency is Radharani.
When these
expansions descend or manifest they come to show the spiritual variety or to
save fallen souls in a special way fitting for that avatara and mission. The
Fish avatara to save in a flood, kurma– the Transcendental tortoise to be a
pivot etc.
These expansions
also have no need of matter, the inferior energy to enrich themselves. They
will enjoy more and more even when here, because they are always spiritual and
in the spiritual world.
43. (S): Through
these visions, God incarnates into various different forms, and the living
being chooses to exist in a particular type of existence.
44. (T): This you
can say for the spiritual world; the many expansions there are to enjoy with
various types of servants. There is no need for avatara= descent; he can have
those lilas up there.
He can pick up
jivas from here who may like that particular form of the Lord to serve forever.
That may have been their svarupa– service form, before they fell here. But one
can sometimes change svarupa. Srila Prabhupada say so:
“Some devotee
wants to serve Krishna as flower; they become flower there. If I want that
"As a flower I shall lie down at the lotus feet of Krishna," he
becomes flower, voluntarily. And he can change his..., from flower to human
body. That is spiritual life. There is no restriction. If some devotee wants to
serve Krishna as cow, he serves Krishna as cow, as calf, as flower, as plant,
as water, as ground, field, or as father, as mother, as friend, as beloved,
anything. Ye yatha mam prapadyante tams tathaiva bhajamy aham [Bg. 4.11]. That
is Krishna's all-powerfulness, spiritual life.” (Srimad-Bhagavatam 6.1.1-4,
Melbourne, May 20, 1975)
This is in Brhad
Bhagavatamrta 2.4. 139-146
“Sri Narada said:
Don’t think that the flocks of animals and birds of this place, or the trees,
creepers, bushes, grass, and other vegetation, are made from earth like
ordinary creatures in the mode of ignorance.
In Vaikuntha
Gopa-kumara saw many animals like cows, horses, and elephants; birds like doves
and cuckoos; trees, bushes, and creepers like mandaras and kundas; and
seemingly inauspicious creatures like insects and worms. He would have been
wrong to think that these were inferior living beings, born into bodies covered
by the mode of ignorance. They were not degraded like the living beings of the
material world that assume bodies made of the element earth.
In fact these are
all personal associates of Sri Krishna, all with spiritual sac-cid-ananda
bodies. They have assumed such forms to taste the ecstasy of serving the Lord
in various ways.
These
Vaikuntha-vasis choose to play such roles as animals and birds to increase the
variety of Lord Narayana’s pleasure. And they also want to share in that pleasure.
Thus the birds, bees, trees, and creepers described by Lord Brahma in the Third
Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam when he tells of his own experience of Vaikuntha are
not ignorant creatures like the corresponding species of life in the material
world.
They have assumed
forms with colors and shapes similar to those of the Lord they have worshiped
as most dear.
This verse
indicates that Vaikuntha devotees who appear in nonhuman forms, such as those
of some animal or plant, have worshiped similar forms of Lord Narayana, who by
His expansion appeared in those same species. These devotees, each in his own
way, have realized the perfection of sarupya, having attained forms that look
just like those of the Supreme Lord.
Having each
attained sameness with a particular form of the Lord, they have gained the
opulences of various kinds of bodies, as sages, demigods, fish, tortoises,
human beings, and mystic seers.
Some have become
hogs, man-lions, or dwarfs, and some have three eyes, four arms—or thousands of
eyes like the Mahapurusha.
Some have assumed
bodies with thousands of faces, or with features like such deities as the gods
of air and fire. Some have four arms, or eight, or twelve or more, and various
kinds of dress, ornaments, symbols, and other attributes.
Srimad-Bhagavatam
(2.9.11–12) describes the residents of Vaikuntha as appearing similar to the
Supreme Lord and having varied bodily colors:
“The
inhabitants of the Vaikuntha planets have a glowing sky-bluish complexion.
Their eyes resemble lotus flowers, their dress is of yellowish color, and their
bodily features are very attractive. They are just the age of growing youths.
They all have four hands, they are nicely decorated with pearl necklaces with
ornamental medallions, and they all appear effulgent. Some are like coral,
diamonds, or white lotus fibers in complexion. On their heads and necks they
have garlands, and they wear shining earrings.”
In texts 144
through 147, Narada depicts in some detail this variety of bodily form, dress,
and so on. Some Vaikuntha devotees appear as human beings because of having
attained sarupya—likeness in form—with such incarnations of the Lord as Sri
Raghunatha. Others appear as munis by sarupya with sage incarnations like Sri
Kapiladeva, or as demigods by sarupya with manvantara-avataras like Lord
Satyasena and Lord Vibhu. Others appear as rishis by sarupya with incarnations
like Sri Parasurama, or as fish by sarupya with Lord Matsya, or tortoises with
Lord Kurma. Some, who worship Siva or Brahma as a representative of the Supreme,
appear in bodies with three eyes or four heads. Some appear like Indra with a
thousand eyes, like Ananta Sesha with thousands of heads, or like Surya or
other demigods. Vedic scriptures like the aindra-srutis, the mantras glorifying
Indra, support such worship of demigods as representatives of the Supreme Lord.
In the Fifth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam we also find demigods like Surya being
worshiped as representatives of the Lord in Plaksha-dvipa and the other
divisions of the Bhur-loka planetary system.
The only means to
achieve entrance into Vaikuntha is pure, exclusive love for the lotus feet of
the Supreme Lord. Ordinary demigod worshipers are never eligible to become
residents of Vaikuntha, but worshipers who regard Siva and other demigods as
nondifferent from Lord Vishnu achieve special Vaishnava perfection. As the
Vamana Purana and other scriptures describe, those devotees join the exalted
associates of the Supreme Lord they worship, either on the respective planets
of the demigod representatives of the Lord or, in some cases, on a Vaikuntha
planet, where the devotees are endowed with the special opulences of those
demigods.
The
Vaikuntha-vasis whose bodies are just like the transcendental body of the
Mahapurusha, the first incarnation of Lord Vishnu for material creation, are
those who have achieved sarupya by worshiping Him. They have thousands of arms,
legs, heads, and other limbs. In Text 144 the word adi (“and so on”) occurs
twice. The first time, it indicates that some devotees in Vaikuntha assume
bodies that resemble those of yet other demigods, like Yamaraja and Aryama, who
are material representatives of various personal powers of the Supreme Lord.
The second time, adi indicates that besides the usual four arms, some Vaikuntha
devotees have eight arms, twelve arms, or more.
Whoever comes to
Vaikuntha realizes the very same service to the lotus feet of Krishna for which
he had developed a taste by the end of his material life, and he realizes that
service in full detail, with its dress, form, and so on, for each mood of
devotion is dear to the Personality of Godhead and each gives pleasure to the
devotee absorbed in it.
The bodies of
some Vaikuntha residents resemble those of sages and other humans—or monkeys,
demons, or whatever—but do not resemble any of the human-like or sage-like
forms of the Lord, such as Lord Ramacandra or Kapiladeva, nor any expansion or
incarnation the Lord accepts in other species. The unusual forms that some
Vaikuntha devotees accept are explained in the current two verses. While
practising devotional service in their previous material lives, those devotees
neared the perfection of love of God and so began to display symptoms of that
perfection. Those devotees varied in their individual moods, or rasas, and
varied accordingly in the forms of the Lord upon which their devotion focused.
And when those devotees achieved Vaikuntha they brought with them their
individual rasas. In each case, no matter how unusual the form of devotion was,
it gave pleasure to the Supreme Lord. Because those individual moods pleased
the Lord, they were attractive also to the devotees expressing them, who
therefore did not want to give them up. When the Supreme Lord so desires, some
of His devotees imitate the mundane activities of Indra, Candra, and other
demigods—even in Vaikuntha. After all, everything that exists can be found in
Vaikuntha in a purified form.”
- But, again,
there is no need of descending for this.
45. (S): The
svarupa is the subtlest of these bodies and represents the basic vision or
personality that the living being wants to express and know itself as. This
svarupa initially develops into the subtle body of activity comprising of
senses, mind, intelligence, ego and consciousness, and then into the gross body
comprising of organs and other bodily systems such as ingestion, digestion,
circulation, elimination, etc.
46. (T): The
svarupa was in the spiritual world, fully developed, in harmony with the lila
of Krsna.
Due to envy of
Krsna the soul fell to the material world, where it gets subtle and gross
bodies.
These are
prison-suits, not to develop his svarupa further as a pastime in a pleasure
excursion, but to get back and revive its svarupa, which is contracted in a
seed form, clothed in the subtle and gross bodies.
47. (S): The
creation is God’s attempt at knowledge and expression.
48. (T): When the
creation is again spiritualized, then he can firther unfold His pastimes here,
and have a prema-yuga, age of love, here. Still that will be temporary, and it
was not the original intent of the prison-house of matter.
49. (S):
These bodies are developed based upon different svarupa.
50. (T): They are
perversions of the svarupa.
51. (S): That
would include the subtle svarupa or archetype that we model our lives after.
52. (T): Once we
get spiritual knowledge, we model based on our nitya-svarupa, eternal service
form.
53. (S): Living
beings adopt these forms of creation as their personality, and the subtle and
gross bodies are developed from this personality.
54. (T): The
false ego personality is part of the subtle material body. It is a covering of
the svarupa, not a part of the svarupa.
55. (S): The
fundamental categories of reality are not particles, or space or motion of
particles in space. The fundamental categories are the six values – knowledge,
beauty, wealth, fame, power and renunciation. The evolution of the universe is
the evolution of knowledge, beauty, wealth, fame, power and renunciation. This
in turn implies that gross matter must be described in terms of semantic
categories like knowledge and beauty, and not as material particles in motion.
56. (T): The
paramanus– ultimate particles or atoms *are* the substrate of the gunas or
values of aisvarya virya sri etc. knowledge, beauty, wealth, fame, power
and renunciation. Particles are fundamental or substrate.
57. (S): Prior to
creation, God exists as the fullness of the six values. At this time, He holds
a self-image which hasn’t yet been externalized.
58. (T): Never He
will have the one of Hegel.
If he has
the six aisvaryas in full what is unfulfilled, only to increase these six more
and more.
And they have
already externalized; in the spiritual world. The only self-image He can have
of expanding the lila can only be done in spirit, since matter is the lower
energy, despicable, to be renounced.
“Besides these, O
mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine.” (BG 7.5)
- You could say
He creates the material world so the jivas will again recognize his superiority
in wealth beauty etc -sad aisvaryas. His self image is not yet established in
the fallen jivas; should be re-established in them. Some of His tatastha
(jivas– souls) potential is not realized yet (Maslow self-actualization, the
need to “realize one’s potential”). The creation of matter is to bring back His
tatastha potencies.
But not that He
has a deficiency; the material world is too small and low quality to be of
anything important for him. What can this rotting spot in the infinity do for
Him.
The spiritual
world is unlimited. The material world is a limited area. It is like a cloud in
the spiritual sky which gets regularly wound up and rolled out by Maha-Vishnu.
If it would be unlimited how He could do that.
59. (S): Before
God creates the world, He engages in the thinking process of what He wants to be.
60. (T): To be
again God for the fallen demons in matter.
61. (S):
Innovative ideas about how God should realize Himself as some combination of
the six values, held internally as a self-image.
62. (T): Matter
is not a big endeavor; it is every 2 x 311.04 X 10^12 year again
the same. Therefore he has a sleeping expansion doing the boring same old
story.
63. (S): At the
time of the creation, the collection of all individual tendencies—the cosmic
prakrti, material energy—develops God’s thoughts into feelings… The cosmic
prakrti determines in God which schemes of self-actualization are going to
proceed to the next stage of manifestation. In a sense, prakrti helps God
develop His thoughts into His feelings or desires. God actually never desires
the material creation, in a positive sense. Rather, the material prakrti is
everything that God doesn’t want. In a sense, prakrti is God’s revulsions, and
it “stands behind” God, as the kinds of things towards which God has turned His
back.
64. (T):
Interesting to split it up like that. In reality it is an almost mechanical
routine process; just like suppose there was a war and the prison-house is
bombed to dust. Will the king put a palace architect/ building company to put
up some concrete and steel. Will he put his best cooks in the prison kitchen to
make their food: bread with spiders ( I heard in kindergarten).
65. (S): Prakrti
helps God develop His thoughts into His feelings or desires.
66. (T): As if he
every creation makes something special and new. It is saidin one purana that
every creation is the same, except 25 insignificant details.
67. (S): Cosmic
intelligence or mahat-tattva, matter in its manifest first form, arises from
prakrti and aids in the development of will. Just as individual intelligence
helps progress an individual’s desire into a will, the mahat-tattva plays a
supporting role in developing God’s desires into His determination.
68. (T): As if
mahat-tattva is an external agent or advisor to God. Actually,
mahat-tattva comes because prakrti or primordial unmanifested matter, in which
the modes of nature are neutralized, is driven/operated by God. Matter without
His force/ will/intelligence is lifeless paramanus, atoms or pradhana; atoms
with the gunas in equilibrium, unmanifest invisible matter.
Mahat-tattva is
the stage of matter when time has entered.
69. (S): Cosmic
intelligence then determines in God the knowledge of moral principles– dharma–
under whose influence He carries out creation.
70. (T): The
mahat of God and the rta/ dharma of God are different functions in God.
Within or along
with mahat is the rta.
71. (S): Cosmic
ahankara is that which develops God’s will into knowledge of procedures about
how to create.
72. (T): Ahankara
is the sad-aisvaryas of a person or expansion of God. Cosmic ahankara according
to Srimad Bhagavatam 3.26.23-29 is a transformation of mahat-tattva.
The sattva, raja,
tamah divisions of this ahankara manifest or transform into
buddhi-intelligence, manah– mind, senses, bhutas– material elements,
tan-matras– sense-objects. Your cosmic ahankara is partial. Which scripture you
use?
Anyhow if you
wish this usage then ‘’ Cosmic ahankara is that which develops God’s will into
knowledge of procedures about how to create.’’, should be “cosmic ahankara is
an instrument of God’s will to create”. God has no ahankara or false ego as
part of His Divine Personality.
73. (S): God
isn’t constrained by karma and His powers are never increased nor depleted.
74. (T): Increase
you must delete. He is always newer and newer, and never static. There may be
unlimited emanations from the Supreme Personality of Godhead (janmady asya
yatah [SB 1.1.1]), but He always remains complete (purnasya purnam adaya purnam
evavasishyate [Iso Invocation]). In our experience in the material world, if we
have a bank balance of one million dollars, as we withdraw money from the bank
the balance gradually diminishes until it becomes nil. However, the Supreme
Lord, the Personality of Godhead, is so complete that although innumerable
Personalities of Godhead expand from Him, He remains the same Supreme
Personality of Godhead. Purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasishyate. Therefore
He is the wonderful cause. Govindam adi-purusham tam aham bhajami.
"Krishna,
who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal,
blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for
He is the prime cause of all causes." (Bs. 5.1)
Even in this
material world, we can understand that the sun has existed for millions of
years and has given off heat and light since its creation, yet the sun still
retains its power and never changes. What then is to be said of the supreme
cause, param brahma, Krishna? Everything emanates from Him perpetually, yet He
maintains His original form (sac-cid-ananda-vigrahah). Krishna personally says
in Bhagavad-gita (10.8), mattah sarvam pravartate: "Everything emanates
from Me." Everything emanates from Krishna eternally, yet He is the same
Krishna and does not change or empties.
(SB 8.3.15 p.)
75. (S): The
temptation could be interpreted as the ‘original sin’ in the Biblical sense due
to which Adam enters the forest of the material world to eat the ‘forbidden
fruit’ of pleasure and is entangled and condemned to live there forever. Yet it
must be noted that a living being is tempted to act in this way because of its
native aversion towards God.
76. (T): But
originally– native-the soul didn’t have this.
“The original
home of the living entity and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the
spiritual world. In the spiritual world both the Lord and the living entities
live together very peacefully. Since the living entity remains engaged in the
service of the Lord, they both share a blissful life in the spiritual world.
However, when the living entity wants to enjoy himself, he falls down into the
material world. “ SB 4.28.54
- Adam didn’t
have this native. He was in paradise, pure. Then he fell from grace.
- “Every living
entity has an eternal spiritual body, which exists before he takes on a
material body. As we said, entering the material body is a kind of punishment.
Every soul is eternally part and parcel of God, but because of some sinful
activity, the living entity comes into this material world. In the Bible it is
said that due to disobedience to God, Adam and Eve lost paradise and had to
come into the material world. The soul belongs to the paradise in heaven—the
planets of Krishna.“
- I.o.w. we are
not eternally revolving in matter. We started in Krsna’s lila.
77. (S): Matter
is not a substance, an individual thing, or even reality. Matter is just
phenomena, on similar footing with sensations and concepts, although more
objectivized than sensations and concepts. Sensations and concepts are defined
in relation to an observer’s senses and mind, but matter can also be defined in
relation to other objects. This constitutes the basis of current theories of
science that are formulated in terms of physical properties measured against
other objects. But, unlike science that treats these objects as real, this is
not so. Material objects are not immutable, unchanging things because objects
are created and destroyed. Even fundamental objects are known to be
spontaneously created and destroyed from the energy field in atomic theory.
Matter is therefore not reality. Matter is a phenomenon like sensations.
Then what is
reality? Only consciousness is real, as it is immutable and unchanging. It is
real because it is never created and will never be destroyed, it always exists
individuated, and the individuality of consciousness never changes. Consciousness
creates phenomena through choices but the person or individual underlying those
phenomena remains unchanged. Sensations, concepts and body are all phenomena in
this view; the senses are produced from the mind and the body is further
produced from the senses. The body is also the experience of consciousness, and
it is therefore just like a sensation or a concept, although more objectified.
78. (T):
Paramanus are real and eternal.
“The material
manifestation's ultimate particle, which is indivisible and not formed into a
body, is called the atom. It exists always as an invisible identity, even after
the dissolution of all forms. The material body is but a combination of such
atoms, but it is misunderstood by the common man.”
(SB 3.11.1)
79. (S): The capabilities
in consciousness would far exceed the ones in matter, then there would be some
meanings that we could never know and express through matter.
80. (T): That is
true, they exceed. Consciousness belongs to the realm of the spiritual energy,
where it can fully know itself and express itself.
Conditioned or
fallen consciousness is meant to become frustrated in expressing itself – which
is pursuing demoniac, non-godly plans in matter.
But matter can
turn into spirit again, and one can live self-realized even in this world.
81. (S): A
difference in the native capabilities of matter and consciousness would limit
or hinder the purpose for the existence of matter in the first place, namely to
facilitate self-knowledge and self-expression.
82. (T): This
world is perfect, just as the prison is a natural or perfect part of a kingdom.
Imperfect from
the short term view of the prisoner, perfect from the viewpoint of the king.
83. (S): The
classic design argument often fails in the face of adaptation: Why are living
beings adapting to environments if God created everything perfectly at the
start of creation?
84. (T): The Veda
has this argument: the prison of matter is not meant to be perfect.
We
are rebel souls, put out of heaven.
Prana-vayu is
part of this argument. Prana-vayu is “…..how consciousness and God actually
control material objects” to create and maintain the prison.
We are not just
‘naturalists’ but ‘Krsnaturalists’.
85. (S): The
three modes mutate and combine over and over to create an infinite variety, but
in each case one of the modes predominates over the other two modes. Owing to
this domination, it is possible to see each type of existence, activity and
pleasure as primarily governed by one mode.
86. (T): Infinite
variety is not possible because the material world is finite. Bhagavad
sandarbha Anuccheda 10.
Lord Siva
explains (Padma Purana, Uttara-khanda 255.56.59):
19 “My dear
Parvati, you have just heard about the opulences of the material energy, now
hear about the supreme opulences of the spiritual world, which comprises the
spiritual quarters of all existence– Parabrahman-God, Brahman– His effulgence,
Tatastha– the saktis or subordinate living entities.
20 “Produced from
the perspiration of the Personality of Godhead, whose limbs are all the Vedic
literatures, the auspicious Viraja River flows on the boundary that separates
the material energy from the spiritual sky.
21 “On the
farther shore of the Viraja River is the spiritual sky. In that spiritual sky I
the abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That abode is eternal,
imperishable, unlimited, effulgent, transcendental, and full of nectar. That
abode is made of the transcendental energy known as the mode of pure goodness
(suddha-sattva).” (Brahma samhita purport to 5.6)
- “The sole potency
of Krsna which is spiritual, functioning as Krsna's own proper power, has
manifested His pastimes of Goloka or Gokula. By her grace individual souls who
are constituents of the marginal potency can have admission into even those
pastimes. The deluding energy, who is of the nature of the perverted reflection
of the spiritual (cit) potency, has got her location on the other side of the
river Viraja, which surrounds the Brahma-dhama forming the boundary of
Maha-Vaikuntha as the outer envelope of Goloka. The position of Goloka being
absolutely unalloyed with the mundane, deluding energy, far from having any
association with Krsna, feels ashamed to appear before His view.” If the
material world would be unlimited, it would pervade the spiritual world with its
unwholesomeness, but bhagavatam says there is no modes of nature in the
Spiritual World. If the material world would be unlimited, then there would be
unlimited souls in the material world. But there are no unlimited souls in the
material world, only a few. Why would the spiritual world need an unlimitedly
big prison= Durga, the citadel of DurgA. There are only a few rascals to be
kicked out of the spiritual world, to the material world. If the amount of
rebellious souls is unlimited, God made a mistake in expanding them; He has
caused unlimited suffering. There are innumerable spiritual living entities.
And some of them, those who are not fit to live in that spiritual world, they
are sent to this material world. The same idea is expressed in Milton's Paradise
Lost. So we, all conditioned souls, we are practically living in a place after
Paradise Lost. According to the Skanda Purana (2.2.27), there are 35 million
universes in the material world. In SB 10.3.25 it says:
“After millions
of years, at the time of cosmic annihilation, when everything, manifested and
unmanifested, is annihilated by the force of time, the five gross elements
enter into the subtle conception, and the manifested categories enter into the
unmanifested substance. At that time, You alone remain, and You are known as
Ananta Sesa-naga. ” Purport: “After many millions of years, when Lord Brahma
comes to the end of his life, the annihilation of the cosmic manifestation
takes place. At that time the five elements—namely earth, water, fire, air and
ether—enter into the mahat-tattva. The mahat-tattva again enters, by the force
of time, into the non-manifested total material energy, the total material
energy enters into the energetic pradhana, and the pradhana enters into You.
Therefore after the annihilation of the whole cosmic manifestation, You alone
remain with Your transcendental name, form, quality and paraphernalia.”
If the material
world is literally unlimited how Maha-Visnu can expand and take it in again
every 6.22 trillion years. Prisons are always a very small part of the whole
state.
87. (S): The
Vedas urge us to rise through these modes—from ignorance to passion to
goodness—
88. (T): You can
skip raja and sattva if you are in tama and go directly to suddha-sattva.
If in raja
you also don’t have to go through sattva.
Prabhupada:
…Goodness helps. Even if he's not in goodness... That, just like all these
European and Americans. They were not in goodness. They were on the platform of
ignorance. But still, they, because they took it, therefore they are coming,
progressively.
Devotee: Krishna
says you can understand all behavior in terms of the modes of nature, the three
modes. I'm trying to understand why...
Prabhupada: That
is generally. Unless one becomes in goodness... But bhakti-marga is
transcendental. It does not depend on the qualities of this material nature.
Ahaituki apratihata. Nothing can check bhakti-marga. Even one is in the
platform of ignorance, it cannot check. Because it is purely spiritual. It does
not depend on material conditions. These goodness, passion, ignorance, they are
material conditions. So bhakti does not depend on material conditions.
Devotee: Why is
it then, that one person accepts it and another rejects it?
Prabhupada: That
is his choice.
Devotee: That is
from a spiritual position, his basic disposition?
Prabhupada: That
is his choice, yes. We have got this independence, to accept or not to accept.
89. (S): At any
given time, one of the modes predominates while the other two become
subordinate.
90. (T): This is
different in pradhana where the 3 gunas are withdrawn, inert and therefore in
balance.
91. (S): The
knower aspect becomes the essence of the universe, and the meanings known in
creation are the meanings that God wants to know Himself as.
92. (T): Which
aspect of God can seek cit– knowledge and ananda– happiness in this rotting
matter.
“You have to go
back to home, go back to Krishna, and there is your real life. Krishna comes
therefore. He displays His rasa dance in Vrindavana to attract these fallen
souls, that "If you want enjoyment, why not come back to Me? Here is the
eternal enjoyment. Why you are rotting in this material world and becoming
implicated, sometimes as Brahma and sometime as the worm in the stool, desiring
varieties of inferior enjoyment. Why? Why you are so… become fool?"”
(Hyderabad, April 23, 1974, Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.2.9)
The material
world is dictionary of spiritual world but that is making the best use of a bad
bargain since it is a rippled edition, not meant to expand His glories.
93. (S): In a
similar fashion, the form of God is reflected in matter and while this form is
eternal, Time causes matter to churn like ripples in water.
94. (T): Then you
get the virat-purusa– the Universal Form , who Arjuna in the Bhagavad-Gita
didn’t like to see for long.
So God also has
no pleasure in revealing it.
“You have been
perturbed and bewildered by seeing this horrible feature of Mine. Now let it be
finished. My devotee, be free again from all disturbances. With a peaceful mind
you can now see the form you desire.”
A devotee is not
much interested in the universal form, for it does not enable one to
reciprocate loving feelings. (Bg 11.49)
When Arjuna thus
saw Krishna in His original form, he said: O Janardana, seeing this humanlike
form, so very beautiful, I am now composed in mind, and I am restored to my
original nature. (Bg 11.51)
the universal
form which Krishna showed to Arjuna is not the original form of God. The
original is the Krishna form. The universal form, with its thousands and
thousands of heads and hands, is manifest just to draw the attention of those
who have no love for God. amongst the devotees there was no necessity of
showing it. That form was exhibited by Krishna at the request of Arjuna so that
in the future, when one represents himself as an incarnation of God, people can
ask to see his universal form. (Bg 11.54)
95. (S): Time
determines what will happen in the universe but not who will do it.
Consciousness, with its unconscious tendencies, karma, ego, mind, intelligence
and senses, determines whether it wants to participate in the events
preordained by Time. The events in the universe are fixed, but their doers are
not fixed. Events, as we see them in the universe, will happen regardless of
whether a particular individual participates in them. However, the decision to
participate in those events makes the consciousness responsible for them.
96. (T): Not so,
Kala, Time, determines the particulars for that jiva, which has its specific
course in the grinding wheel of kala, according to its specific personality.
97. (S): The
controller form of God is considered the first emanation of the enjoyer form.
While both enjoyer and controller forms are supreme, the Vedas treat the
enjoyer form to be the original form, and the controller form to be a
subordinate manifestation of the original need to enjoy. The controller form
emerges as consequence of the need in God to know and enjoy.
98. (T):
Paramatma – the 3 Gods Immanent are not lila-avatara, these 3 are the 3
purusa-avataras , see:
Caitanya
caritamrta madhya 20.244-246
- “The first
personal expansion is Sankarshana, and the others are incarnations like the
fish incarnation. Sankarshana expands as the Purusha, or Vishnu. The
incarnations such as Matsya, the fish incarnation, appear in different yugas
for specific pastimes.
PURPORT
The
purusha-avataras are the Lords of the universal creation. These are
Karanodakasayi Vishnu, Garbhodakasayi Vishnu and Kshirodakasayi Vishnu. There
are also lila-avataras, and these include (1) Catuhsana, or the four Kumaras,
(2) Narada, (3) Varaha, (4) Matsya, (5) Yajna, (6) Nara-Narayana, (7) Kardami
Kapila, (8) Dattatreya, (9) Hayasirsha, (10) Hamsa, (11) Dhruvapriya, or
Prisnigarbha, (12) Rishabha, (13) Prithu, (14) Nrisimha, (15) Kurma, (16)
Dhanvantari, (17) Mohini, (18) Vamana, (19) Bhargava Parasurama, (20)
Raghavendra, (21) Vyasa, (22) Pralambari Balarama, (23) Krishna, (24) Buddha
and (25) Kalki.
These twenty-five
Personalities of Godhead are known as lila-avataras. Because they appear in
each day of Brahma, or in each kalpa (millennium), they are sometimes known as
kalpa-avataras. Of these incarnations, Hamsa and Mohini are neither permanent
nor very well known, but They are listed among the prabhava-avataras. Kapila,
Dattatreya, Rishabha, Dhanvantari and Vyasa are eternally situated and very
widely known. They are also counted among the prabhava incarnations. Kurma,
Matsya, Narayana, Varaha, Hayagriva, Prisnigarbha and Baladeva, the killer of
Pralambasura, are counted among the vaibhava-avataras.
Madhya 20.245
“There are
six types of incarnations [avataras] of Krishna. One comprises the incarnations
of Vishnu [purusha-avataras], and another comprises the incarnations meant for
the performance of pastimes [lila-avataras].
“There are
incarnations that control the material qualities [guna-avataras], incarnations
associated with the reign of each Manu [manvantara-avataras], incarnations in
different millenniums [yuga-avataras] and incarnations of empowered living
entities [saktyavesa-avataras].
The guna-avataras
are three—Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vishnu (SB 10.88.3). The avataras
associated with the reign of each Manu, known as manvantara-avataras, are
listed as follows in Srimad-Bhagavatam (Eighth Canto, chapters 1, 5 and 13):
(1) Yajna, (2) Vibhu, (3) Satyasena, (4) Hari, (5) Vaikuntha, (6) Ajita, (7)
Vamana, (8) Sarvabhauma, (9) Rishabha, (10) Vishvaksena, (11) Dharmasetu, (12)
Sudhama, (13) Yogesvara and (14) Brihadbhanu. All together these are fourteen
in number, and of these, Yajna and Vamana are also counted among the
lila-avataras. All these manvantara incarnations are sometimes called
vaibhava-avataras.
The four
yuga-avataras are (1) sukla (white) in Satya-yuga (SB 11.5.21), (2) rakta (red)
in Treta-yuga (SB 11.5.24), (3) syama (dark blue) in Dvapara-yuga (SB 11.5.27)
and (4) generally krishna (black) but in special cases pita (yellow) as
Caitanya Mahaprabhu in Kali-yuga (SB 11.5.32 and 10.8.13).
The
saktyavesa-avataras are categorized into (1) forms of divine absorption
(bhagavad-avesa), such as Kapiladeva or Rishabhadeva, and (2) divinely
empowered forms (saktyavesa), of whom seven are foremost: (1) Sesha Naga in the
Vaikuntha world, empowered for the personal service of the Supreme Lord
(sva-sevana-sakti), (2) Anantadeva, empowered to bear all the planets within
the universe (bhu-dharana-sakti), (3) Lord Brahma, empowered with the energy to
create the cosmic manifestation (srishti-sakti), (4) Catuhsana, or the Kumaras,
specifically empowered to distribute transcendental knowledge (jnana-sakti), (5)
Narada Muni, empowered to distribute devotional service (bhakti-sakti), (6)
Maharaja Prithu, specifically empowered to rule and maintain the living
entities (palana-sakti) and (7) Parasurama, specifically empowered to cut down
rogues and demons (dushta-damana-sakti).
b. Arjuna and
Krishna found Visnu enjoying in a palace in the causal ocean. But He was not
enjoying matter.
SB 10.90.52: From
that region they entered a body of water resplendent with huge waves being
churned by a mighty wind. Within that ocean Arjuna saw an amazing palace more
radiant than anything he had ever seen before. Its beauty was enhanced by
thousands of ornamental pillars bedecked with brilliant gems.
SB 10.89.53: In
that palace was the huge, awe-inspiring serpent Ananta Sesha. He shone
brilliantly with the radiance emanating from the gems on His thousands of hoods
and reflecting from twice as many fearsome eyes. He resembled white Mount
Kailasa, and His necks and tongues were dark blue.
SB 10.89.54-56: Arjuna
then saw the omnipresent and omnipotent Supreme Personality of Godhead,
Maha-vishnu, sitting at ease on the serpent bed. His bluish complexion was the
color of a dense raincloud, He wore a beautiful yellow garment, His face looked
charming, His broad eyes were most attractive, and He had eight long, handsome
arms. His profuse locks of hair were bathed on all sides in the brilliance
reflected from the clusters of precious jewels decorating His crown and
earrings. He wore the Kaustubha gem, the mark of Srivatsa and a garland of forest
flowers. Serving that topmost of all Lords were His personal attendants, headed
by Sunanda and Nanda; His cakra and other weapons in their personified forms;
His consort potencies Pushti, Sri, Kirti and Aja; and all His various mystic
powers.
The Lord has
innumerable energies, and they were also standing there personified. The most
important among them were as follows: Pushti, the energy for nourishment; Sri,
the energy of beauty; Kirti, the energy of reputation; and Aja, the energy of
material creation. All these energies are invested in the administrators of the
material world, namely Lord Brahma, Lord Siva and Lord Vishnu, and in the kings
of the heavenly planets, Indra, Candra, Varuna and the sungod. In other words,
all these demigods, being empowered by the Lord with certain energies, engage
in the transcendental loving service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Laghu
Bhagavatamrta 1.2.6 states that Visnu doesn’t touch maya; she is Siva’s wive.
Visnu does the creation by His will. He enters the universe but doesn’t touch
it by the power of his acintya-sakti.
Even His glance
to impregnate the jivas is by the entering and expanding of Sambhu, and is thus
factually done by Siva, see Brahma Samhita t 7-10.
The
Purusa-Avataras have some maya-gandha = scent, but actually no maya-sparsa =
connection; how can you say they become self actualized and gratified by
matter.
CC adi 2. 52-55: “Superficially
we see that these purushas have a relationship with maya, but above them, in
the fourth dimension, is Lord Krishna, who has no contact with the material
energy.
PURPORT
The three
purushas—Karanodakasayi Vishnu, Garbhodakasayi Vishnu and Kshirodakasayi
Vishnu—all have a relationship with the material energy, called maya, because
through maya They create the material cosmos. These three purushas, who lie on
the Karana, Garbha and Kshira oceans respectively, are the Supersoul of
everything that be: Karanodakasayi Vishnu is the Supersoul of the collective
universes, Garbhodakasayi Vishnu is the Supersoul of the collective living
beings, and Kshirodakasayi Vishnu is the Supersoul of all individual living
entities. Because all of Them are somehow attracted to the affairs of the
material energy, They can be said to have some affection for maya. But the
transcendental position of Sri Krishna Himself is not even slightly tinged by
maya. His transcendental state is called turiya, or the fourth-dimensional
stage.
Adi 2.53: “‘In
the material world the Lord is designated as virat, hiranyagarbha and karana.
But beyond these three designations, the Lord is ultimately in the fourth
dimension.’
Virat (the
phenomenal manifestation of the Supreme Whole), hiranyagarbha (the numinous
soul of everything), and karana (the cause, or causal nature) are all but
designations of the purushas, who are responsible for material creation. The
transcendental position surpasses these designations and is therefore called
turiya, the position of the fourth dimension. This is a quotation from Sridhara
Svami’s commentary on the Eleventh Canto, Fifteenth Chapter, verse 16, of
Srimad-Bhagavatam.
Adi 2.54: “Although
these three features of the Lord deal directly with the material energy, none
of Them are touched by it. They are all beyond illusion.
“‘This is
the opulence of the Lord: Although situated in the material nature, He is never
affected by the modes of nature. Similarly, those who have surrendered to Him
and fixed their intelligence upon Him are not influenced by the modes of
nature.’
This text is from
Srimad-Bhagavatam (1.11.38). Those who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of
the Personality of Godhead do not identify with the material world, even while
living in it. Pure devotees may deal with the three modes of material nature,
but because of their transcendental intelligence in Krishna consciousness, they
are not influenced by the material qualities. The spell of material activities
does not attract such devotees. Therefore, the Supreme Lord and His devotees
acting under Him are always free from material contamination.”
- The creation is
done in yoga-nidra transcendental sleep; without real interest, as duty,
thankless task.
- “The Lord does
not desire that a living being be illusioned by external energy. The external
energy is aware of this fact, but still she accepts a thankless task of keeping
the forgotten soul under illusion by her bewildering influence. The Lord does
not interfere with the task of the illusory energy because such performances of
the illusory energy are also necessary for reformation of the conditioned soul.
An affectionate father does not like his children to be chastised by another
agent, yet he puts his disobedient children under the custody of a severe man
just to bring them to order. But the all-affectionate Almighty Father at the
same time desires relief for the conditioned soul, relief from the clutches of
the illusory energy. The king puts the disobedient citizens within the walls of
the jail, but sometimes the king, desiring the prisoners' relief, personally
goes there and pleads for reformation, and on his doing so the prisoners are
set free. Similarly, the Supreme Lord descends from His kingdom upon the
kingdom of the illusory energy and personally gives relief in the form of the
Bhagavad-gita, wherein He personally suggests that although the ways of the
illusory energy are very stiff to overcome, one who surrenders unto the lotus
feet of the Lord is set free by the order of the Supreme.” (SB 1.7.5)
99. (S): The
controller form of God controls all experiences—including those of the enjoyer
form of God.
100. (T): Siva
never controls Visnu, unless Visnu allows His devotee, Siva to lord it over.
This would only be to enjoy lila– but that is temporary, not on principle or as
a principle.
And first of all,
Visnu will not enjoy Sivas wive, Durga and her energy.
101. (S): The
truth is that Śiva is the supreme controller and Viṣnu is the supreme enjoyer.
102. (T): Siva
controls by the anumanta, permission and power of Visnu.
Thus “The truth
is that Śiva is the subordinate controller, under Visnu and Visnu is the supreme enjoyer” or “The truth is that Śiva is the supreme
controller in the material universe, appointed and empowered by Visnu and Visnu
is the supreme controller and enjoyer”. Siva is Maha-deva for the material realm, Visnu is the Adi-deva.
103. (S): Their
energies are called by different names. The energy of the Viṣnu form is called prakṛti…Śakti,on
the other hand, is the combination of three modes of nature that are controlled
by the consciousness in the
controller form of God.
104. (T): Prakrti
is also controlled by Siva, this is just established in your text also “the
controller form of God controls all experiences—including those of the enjoyer
form of God.”
105. (S): Prakrti
is a name for the combination of six causes, which are the aspects of the
knowing and enjoying form of God into the ‘mirror’ of material nature. Śakti,
on the other hand, is the combination of three modes of nature that are
controlled by the consciousness in the controller form of God. They are
sometimes regarded as different energies and sometimes as aspects of the same
energy.
106. (T): The
different names you get as different views on the same object.
Sakti is energy
of the Saktiman, the energetic, who is controlling the sakti.
Prakrti is
property of and enjoyed by the purusa = enjoyer.
Prakrti is also
connected to the modes.
“The living
entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying the three
modes of nature. This is due to his association with that material nature. Thus
he meets with good and evil among various species.” (BG 13.21)
-- prakriti =
great product, great action, the great flow, making or placing before or at
first, the original or natural form or condition of anything , original or
primary substance (opp. to vi-kRti), cause original source, origin,
nature , character , constitution , temper , disposition, fundamental form ,
pattern , standard , model, the original producer of (or rather passive power
of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Gunas
called sattva, rajas, tamas) , Nature (distinguished from puruSa, Spirit, the 8
producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world, a goddess ,
the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the
Sakti or personified energy or wife of a deity , as Laksmi, Durga &c. ;
also considered as identical with the Supreme Being).
-- Sakti =
abilit, energy [power], strength, might, energy or active power of a deity
personified as his wife and worshipped by the zAkta sect of Hindus under
various names, capability.
-- purusa = human
being, Supreme Being or Soul of the universe, male, person, soul, spirit,
personal and animating principle in men and other beings, Spirit as passive and
a spectator of the prakRti or creative force, primeval man as the soul and
original source of the universe, men.
107. (S): We
assume that the ‘real’ person is different from the guises he wears and the
roles he plays, but that is not the case for God. The forms of God are
different complementary moods or personalities that exist in the same Supreme
Person and He manifests them as different individuals with different forms
although all at the same time.
108. The real
person is Krishna. All others are amsa, expansion/ emanation and kala (amsa of
the amsa) or even further amsas, displaying PARTIALLY Krsna’s glory. They are
Krishna in disguise and partially manifesting. Narayana or Visnu is God ruling
from His palace in the spiritual world and God immanent. Krishna is the
original source of all these expansions residing in the palace gardens or the
holy resorts of the Spiritual Kingdom, as the kings of our world have their
palace and governing offices but their relaxation and pleasure is away from the
public and the management in the loving friendship with his family in some heavenly
rural paradise.
The
Purusa-avataras are (for) G-O-D Generating Operating Destroying the
material world.
The Lila-avataras
also have Their abodes in the spiritual world for the relationship and lila
with various types of worshipers.
If you only wish
to state about the material realm this ’complementing’ is ok. But then you have
to de-head your analogy. You should here introduce transcendence.
109. (S): The
first feature of śakti is called māya-śakti.
110. (T): 3
features of sakti – antaranga – internal , tatastha– souls, bahiranga–
external.
111. (S): We know
the world in terms of certain forms of worldly understanding such as taste or
color or smell. Māya however creates the forms of personal understanding, which
are the ways in which consciousness perceives itself. While sensations define
the modes in which we know the world
112. (T): Maya’s
guna’s are 3 types - sattva, raja, tama - of gandha-smell, rasa– taste, rupa–
form, sparsa-touch, sabda– sound
“This divine
energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is difficult
to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross beyond
it.” (BG 7.14)
According to the
Veda, the paramanus (SB 3.11.1) are the ultimate, smallest particle and the
components of the six kinds of quarks (elementary subatomic particles), the six
types of anti-quarks and the leptons (the electron, positron and neutron).
These are the smallest particles known in the western science. Each of these
particles is a little smaller then the 10^-18cm. The size of the atom of the
western materialistic science is 1 angstrom (10^-10cm).
The paramanu
according to the Nyaya-Vaisesika is 0.79×10^-22 cm. But since they are souls in
susupti they can expand or shrink further. The radiations = energies = modes =
gunas of the paramanus all differ (SB 3.26.4 purport). One can call these gunas
also the frequencies, waves or vibrations of the paramanu. This solves the
wave-particle question of quantum mechanics; the particles are the paramanus
and the ‘waves nature’ is the gunas of the paramanu They mix to give varieties
of quarks (elementary subatomic particles) and leptons. If these assemble then
we get for example, mesons an elementary particle having a mass between that of
an electron and proton (these particles were originally named mesotrons by
Heisenberg), protons, anti-protons, hadrons, baryons, neutrons. Atoms and
molecules are composed of these particles. The further combination of these
particles will give the elements or the objects of unlimited varieties of qualities
of our world. The qualities, modes or guna’s means in relation to rupa, sparsa,
sabda, rasa and gandha (form, touch, sound, taste and smell). The paramanus are
the building blocks of the universe and the gunas are like the concrete that
binds the paramanus. The subtle realm is also paramanus, atoms but their gunas
make them invisible for us, and present for the (upa-) devatas.
- The types of
qualities and the quality of intensities are controlled by the Paramatma;
designed and designated by His officers at the creation of the universe, and
manipulated during its maintenance. For example, as the light is dimmed or
adjusted.
113. (S): The
Vedic solution is to enter into a relation with God in which the living being
constantly feels deprived of God and finds pleasure in meeting Him.
114. (T): There
is no more separation in the spiritual world. So says Srila Visvanatha
Cakravarti and Srila Jiva Gosvami commenting on Srila Rupa Gosvamis Ujjvala
Nilamani.
Visvanatha: “The
condition of union and separation: The condition of separation of the Vraja
women from Krishna has been described according to the prakata pastimes of
Krishna.
There is no
separation at all of the Vraja women from Krishna, who eternally enjoys in the
forests of Vrindavana with pastimes like the rasa dance.
From the Padma
Purana, Patala-khanda, Mathura-mahatmya: There Krishna plays in the association
of the cows, cowherds and gopis.
Jiva: Having
described the separation of Krishna and his associates, the author now speaks
in order to dispel the unhappiness of that situation. Separation is the special
feature of the pastimes on earth. Verses 186 describe the special nature of the
aprakata pastimes, where the pastimes of enjoyment are continuous. The word
vrindaranye refers to the aprakata place.. The scriptural proof is given in
verse 187. Krishna plays with the cows, cowherds and gopis. The present tense
is used to the continuous nature of this act. As with the previous verse a
distinction from the prakata pastimes on earth is established. Without that
distinction, the events could not take place Eternally.” (Un p 596)
115. (S): The
material creation arises out of God’s need to know His Self as He is not. Here,
God’s actualization is affected as His self-denial or self-negation, also
called God’s austerity: God wants to know what He is not and He engages in
self-abnegation. The material creation from His self-image is like someone
looking at a picture of oneself from a time that one does not identify with
anymore (say when someone was very ugly or very poor). In such a case, one does
not acknowledge the picture to be one’s true self, although in some sense it is
that person’s picture. Similarly, when God engages in self-denial He creates
the material world, which is everything that God is not. It is still God’s
image, although the image is vitiated. God does not identify with this vitiated
self-image as His true self, and so the image is about what He is not. This
self-denial is God’s conception of not-self and constitutes the material form
of māya.
116. What is the
increase of pleasure He will get from this adventure.
It is rather His
jiva particle who wants to experience what it is not; the enjoyer. You can
rewrite this whole paragraph and theory with the jiva as subject, then it is
truth.
The jivas
self-denial or self-negation. Then the tapa, pain of going through 8.400.000
species.
117. (S): The
material creation from His self-image is like someone looking at a picture of
oneself from a time that one does not identify with anymore (say when someone
was very ugly or very poor). In such a case, one does not acknowledge the
picture to be one’s true self, although in some sense it is that person’s
picture.
118. (T): Then
why would He make that picture of Himself.
119. (S): Rather,
in the spiritual creation, one voluntarily adopts a certain type of māya to
feel inadequate in a particular manner. The sense in which one feels inadequate
without God and misses Him is said to be the living being’s eternal form or
svarūpa in relation to God.
120. Spirit can be
independent of matter, Spirit doesn’t need matter. It is not that matter and
spirit are always to be entwined. God is complete, with no need of mattter. The
Upanishads teach:
“The completely
Perfect is complete and perfect.”
There is, as
stated in Bhakti rasamrta sindhu, a perfect, more perfect, most perfect. (NOD
2.1.221)
121. (S): In
Hegel’s view, originally God existed as pure Being. However, when this Being
attempted to think Himself (i.e. know Himself), He ended up with Nothingness,
since pure Being is unthinkable. So by thinking Himself, God distanced Himself
from His own essence. Hegel calls this God’s self-alienation and it can be
compared to Vedic notion of māya .God’s attempt to think Himself is His attempt
at self-knowledge.
122. (T): The
vedic scenario is different.
It is in CC
Adi-lila 7.106 The purport of Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura.
"Someone may
argue, “Why is there a need to create the spiritual sparks?” The answer can be
given in this way: Since the Absolute Personality of Godhead is omnipotent, He
has both unlimited and limited potencies. This is the meaning of omnipotent. To
be omnipotent, He must have not only unlimited potencies but limited potencies
also. Thus to exhibit His omnipotency He displays both. The living entities are
endowed with limited potency although they are part of the Lord. The Lord
displays the spiritual world by His unlimited potencies, whereas by His limited
potencies the material world is displayed. In the Bhagavad-gita (7.5) the Lord
says:
“Besides these
inferior energies, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of
Mine, which comprises all living entities who are exploiting the resources of
this material, inferior nature.” The jiva-bhuta, the living entities, control
this material world with their limited potencies. Generally, people are
bewildered by the activities of scientists and technologists. Due to maya they
think that there is no need of God and that they can do everything and
anything, but actually they cannot. Since this cosmic manifestation is limited,
their existence is also limited. Everything in this material world is limited,
and for this reason there is creation, sustenance and dissolution. However, in
the world of unlimited energy, the spiritual world, there is neither creation
nor destruction.
If the
Personality of Godhead did not possess both limited and unlimited energies, He
could not be called omnipotent. Anor aniyan mahato mahiyan: “The Lord is
smaller than the smallest and greater than the greatest.” He is smaller than
the smallest in the form of the living entities and greater than the greatest
in His form of Krishna. If there were no one to control, there would be no
meaning to the conception of the supreme controller (isvara), just as there is
no meaning to a king without his subjects. If all the subjects became king,
there would be no distinction between the king and an ordinary citizen. Thus
for the Lord to be the supreme controller there must be a creation to control.
The basic principle for the existence of the living entities is called
cid-vilasa, or spiritual pleasure. The omnipotent Lord displays His pleasure
potency as the living entities. The Lord is described in the Vedanta-sutra
(1.1.12) as ananda-mayo ’bhyasat. He is by nature the reservoir of all
pleasures, and because He wants to enjoy pleasure, there must be energies to
give Him pleasure or supply Him the impetus for pleasure. This is the perfect
philosophical understanding of the Absolute Truth.”
123. (S): Hegel’s
view, originally God existed as pure Being. However, when this Being attempted
to think Himself (i.e. know Himself), He ended up with Nothingness, since pure
Being is unthinkable.
124. (T): He is
almighty– He can think of Himself.
125. (S): So by
thinking Himself, God distanced Himself from His own essence.
126. (T): He is
perfect and expanding in perfection, why He would be turning away from Himself.
This is anthropomorphism; conditioned jivas will do that– in disgust “When the
material life of a wandering soul has ceased, O Acyuta, he may attain the association
of Your devotees. And when he associates with them, there awakens in him
devotion unto You, who are the goal of the devotees and the Lord of all causes
and their effects”. (SB 10.51.53)
My Lord, Your
Lordship can easily be approached, but only by those who are materially
exhausted. One who is on the path of [material] progress, trying to improve
himself with respectable parentage, great opulence, high education and bodily
beauty, cannot approach You with sincere feeling. (SB 1.8.26)
127. (S): Hegel
calls this God’s self-alienation. God’s attempt to think Himself is His attempt
at self-knowledge.
128. (T): When he
sees Himself, He increases in ecstasy. In Rupa Gosvami's Lalita-madhava, it is
said, "One day Krishna happened to see the shadow of His beautiful form
reflected on the jeweled foreground. Upon seeing this bodily reflection, He
expressed His feelings: 'How wonderful it is that I have never seen such a
beautiful form! Although it is My own form, still, like Radharani, I am trying
to embrace this form and enjoy celestial bliss.'”
129. (S): Māya
facilitates God’s self-knowledge as His energy to feel inadequate and desire
Himself.
130. (T): Some of
God’s energy, some jivas, feel incomplete in the spiritual world, being
apurna-sakti incomplete, being tiny in knowledge and want to be God and then
become dog in the material world.
131. (S): God
derives self-knowledge from the creation.
132. (T): In one
of His infinite energies, the jiva gets self knowledge as the prisoner learns
his lesson after a tour through the prison house.
133. (S): God as
the supreme consciousness creates the universe out of matter. The individual
consciousness looks at this universe and considers it his own reflection—the
living being has the tendency to identify with the products in the creation as
images of his personality.
134. (T):
‘‘looking at the universe’’ is later, the soul falls down out of envy.
It gets a second
choice at the margin of spirit and matter. Here it gets to see matter for the
first time. Then in matter the first position the falling soul takes is the
post of Brahma. Then one becomes Indra. Then one further falls down; one gets a
tour through 8.400.000 species. (this is in “Brahmana and Vaisnava” by Srila
Bhaktisiddhanta ch 2. P.86. Here is the full text:)
“At the border,
the jiva is pure, without material designations. He is not serving the Supreme
Lord (anymore). He is in santa-rasa and its tatastha-bava is constitutional. He
has no taste for serving the Lord due to lack of knowledge (which he lost).
The propensity
for serving the Supreme Lord is dormant. The propensity for material enjoyment
is not there but indifference to the service of Hari and the seed of material
enjoyment (after that) are present (because he had been serving and has become
indifferent since later he writes: the jiva revives remembering the lotus feet
of Sri Krsna, not Maha-Visnu…his lost Krisna consciousness is revived…forgets
his ancient memory…re-established as the servant of the Lord).
The jiva cannot
remain indifferent forever by subduing devotional and non-devotional
propensities. He therefore contemplates unconstitutional activities from his
marginal position. He is infected by impersonalism but due to neglecting the
eternal service of the Lord and thereby developing the quality of aversion to
the Lord, he cannot remain fixed in that position. In this way aversion to the
Lord breaks his concentration of mind and establishes him as the master of this
world of enjoyment.
Maya, the
external energy of the Supreme Lord, then induces the marginal living entity to
enjoy this world through her covering and throwing potencies and thus shows the
living entity the reality of being averse to the Lord's service. At that time
the living entity considers himself the king of enjoyers, and being situated in
the mode passion he takes the position of Brahma and creates progeny…. Pride,
illusion, greed, anger, and lust and induces the living entities to dance
frantically in aversion to the Lord.
And on the
platform of progress, if a living entity cultivates transcendental sound
vibration and revives the process of remembering the lotus feet of Shri Krsna,
he then achieves scientific spiritual knowledge. By this process, all anarthas
are destroyed and he becomes situated in a supremely auspicious position.
Due to
forgetfulness of Krsna there is perverted temporary and adverse movement of the
senses. When they are properly employed in eternal subjects their disease of
transience is destroyed and they give up the desire to embrace such transient
objects.
Although the
eternal living entity is constitutionally favorably inclined towards the
Supreme Lord, due to his indifference towards the eternal service of the Lord
he is eligible for being controlled by maya. He is eligible for achieving
transcendental knowledge-this ancient memory he also often forgets.
By the mercy of a
great liberated personality, who is pure, eternally engaged in service,
self-realized, and the only shelter for the living entities, his lost Krsna
consciousness is revived. Thereafter he desires freedom from Maya's covering
and throwing potencies and searches after his own auspiciousness. As a result
of this, he attains transcendental knowledge. The desire for achieving
transcendental knowledge induces him to cultivate favorable service to Lord
Vishnu. This cultivation begins with endeavoring for self-realization, reviving
his lost propensity of service, and, ultimately, being re-established as the
servant of the Lord. Then he is no longer considered a nondevotee, averse to
the Lord.
135. (S): In the
spiritual creation, māya creates in the living being a sense of separation from
the ultimate pleasure object, God. A spiritual being lives under the idea “I am
not God, and I miss God as the source of my completeness;” He or she also
thinks, “I can be complete by being in touch with God;” This māya too creates
the feelings of separation and meeting, but its evolution does not change the
object from which one feels separated—God
136. (T): You
cant use these words in a perfect world, “separation.. I miss”. That is only in
the material world. If one wants to be separated from God, one must go to the
material world.
Feelings of
separation and meeting are not there. Read govinda–lilamrta, krsna-bhavanamrta.
137. (S): This
existence is sometimes called vaikuntha or freedom from misery.
138. (T): What
you describe is imperfection. That is called brahmananda, only and lonely
floating in the spiritual light. Vaikuntha is with God, in His pastimes.
Brahman is the outskirts or barren space outside of Vaikuntha.
Cc madhya
19.149: “Because a devotee of Lord Krishna is desireless, he is peaceful.
Fruitive workers desire material enjoyment, jnanis desire liberation, and yogis
desire material opulence; therefore they are all lusty and cannot be peaceful.”
139. (S): A
possibility, which is also a subtle state but different from other subtle
states such as thinking. The stage of possibility lies intermediate between
manifest and unmanifest states.
140. (T): The
unmanifest, always changing to manifest, is also already always a possibility.
Pradhana means
the first or chief.
The accumulated
karma (sancita) of each ātmā persists even during the period of dissolution.
Sancita karma is stored in the prakriti and lies there inactive. Prakriti is
the unmanifest state or the causal state of matter.
Nature as
pradhana exists in an unmanifest form in which objects have not yet been
created because nature consists only of various possibilities.’
The action of
Time, converts the possible into the manifest or the invisible into the
visible.
Creation is
revealed but not manifested in this stage of mahat-tattva. It is different then
unmanifested, it is manifestation. Knowing the world as possibility allows
visionaries to intuit things exist outside them and are inexplicably
“perceived. These are called tri-kala-jnanis. They know before this
stage– the past, present and future.
The existence of
things as possibilities for creation is therefore a subtle level of reality
described in the Vedas. A deterministic world has no room for possibility since
everything is predetermined. But in a consciousness friendly world, possibility
appears before reality.
Mahat tattva
‘always’ appears after pradhana.
141. (S): One
mode of choice must now represent those things that have been chosen, and this
is called rajas. Another mode of choice must represent all those things that
have been rejected and is called tamas. The third mode must represent
possibilities not yet selected or rejected, although these were possibilities
for selection or rejection and this is called sattva.
142. (T): How the
namesrajas, tamas, sattva used here represent the meaning of the names
143. (S): There
are things never created or destroyed which always exist as possibility.
144. (T): There
is no thing that is eternally condemned to nothingness or never becoming
manifested. There is not anything that is eternally nothing or always
unmanifested.
145. (S): Time
restricts this possibility to what will happen but not who will do it.
146. (T):
According to ‘who’, time will adjusts the ‘whats’. The universe is not like a
fair ground with all the seats of the turning wheels and merry-go-rounds fixed.
Time will shape the seats.
147. (S): The
actions themselves are manifested through multiple stages of efficient causes
beginning with thoughts that are created from the chitta. Consciousness does
not generate thoughts but it controls their continuation by approving or
disapproving their existence.
148. (T): Your
description, how the soul chooses, is theosophy influence and too idyllic.
This is only when
the atma has spiritual knowledge, in the human forms of life. Otherwise the
soul is automatically transported through the species by the results of karma.
Yamaraja has judged him and the course through some of the 55 crores or 550
million of hells and 8.400.000 species is set.
Even in the human
forms, mostly he only witnesses, helplessly, the course of karma.
“The spirit soul
bewildered by the influence of false ego thinks himself the doer of activities
that are in actuality carried out by the three modes of material nature.”
Two persons, one
in Krishna consciousness and the other in material consciousness, working on
the same level, may appear to be working on the same platform, but there is a
wide gulf of difference in their respective positions. The person in material
consciousness is convinced by false ego that he is the doer of everything. He
does not know that the mechanism of the body is produced by material nature,
which works under the supervision of the Supreme Lord. The materialistic person
has no knowledge that ultimately he is under the control of Krishna. The person
in false ego takes all credit for doing everything independently, and that is
the symptom of his nescience. He does not know that this gross and subtle body
is the creation of material nature, under the order of the Supreme Personality
of Godhead, and as such his bodily and mental activities should be engaged in
the service of Krishna, in Krishna consciousness. The ignorant man forgets that
the Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as Hrishikesa, or the master of the
senses of the material body, for due to his long misuse of the senses in sense
gratification, he is factually bewildered by the false ego, which makes him
forget his eternal relationship with Krishna. (BG 3.27)
“Everyone is
forced to act helplessly according to the qualities he has acquired from the
modes of material nature; therefore no one can refrain from doing something,
not even for a moment.” (BG 3.5)
“Again and again,
when Brahma's day arrives, all living entities come into being, and with the
arrival of Brahma's night they are helplessly annihilated. “
(BG 8.19)
“The conditioned
soul therefore transmigrates into different species of life, higher and lower,
because of his association with the modes of material nature. Unless he is relieved
of material activities, he has to accept this position because of his faulty
work.”
(Sb 3.27.3)
“When the living
entity becomes exactly like a monkey jumping from one branch to another, he
remains in the tree of household life without any profit but sex. Thus he is
kicked by his wife just like the he-ass. Unable to gain release, he remains
helplessly in that position. Sometimes he falls victim to an incurable disease,
which is like falling into a mountain cave. He becomes afraid of death, which
is like the elephant in the back of that cave, and he remains stranded,
grasping at the twigs and branches of a creeper.”
The precarious
condition of a householder's life is described herein. A householder's life is
full of misery, and the only attraction is sex with the wife who kicks him
during sexual intercourse, just as the she-ass does her mate. Due to continuous
sex life, he falls victim to many incurable diseases. At that time, being
afraid of death, which is like an elephant, he remains hanging from the twigs
and branches of the tree, just like a monkey.
“O killer of
enemies, Maharaja Rahugana, if the conditioned soul somehow or other gets out
of his dangerous position, he again returns to his home to enjoy sex life, for
that is the way of attachment. Thus, under the spell of the Lord's material
energy, he continues to loiter in the forest of material existence. He does not
discover his real interest even at the point of death.”
This is the way
of material life. When one is captured by sexual attraction, he becomes
implicated in so many ways and cannot understand the real aim of life.
Therefore Srimad-Bhagavatam (7.5.31) says, na te viduh svartha-gatim hi
vishnum: generally people do not understand the ultimate goal of life. As
stated in the Vedas, om tad vishnoh paramam padam sada pasyanti surayah: those
who are spiritually advanced simply look to the lotus feet of Vishnu. The
conditioned soul, however, not being interested in reviving his relationship
with Vishnu, becomes captivated by material activities and remains in
everlasting bondage, being misled by so-called leaders. (SB 5.13.18-20)
The bodies and
minds of materialistic nondevotees seem to display the symptoms of life, but
this appearance is deceptive. Actually, the conditioned soul has little control
over his own bodily existence. Against his will, he has to excrete waste, get
sick from time to time, and eventually age and die. And in his mind he
unwillingly suffers anger, hankering and lamentation. Lord Krishna describes
this situation as yantrarudhani mayaya (Bg. 18.61), riding helplessly as a
passenger in a mechanical vehicle. The soul undoubtedly is alive, and
irrevocably so, but in his ignorance that inner life is covered and forgotten.
In its place, the automation of the external mind and body carries out the
dictates of the modes of nature, which force one to act in a way altogether
irrelevant to the dormant needs of the soul. (SB 10.87.17)
Until he chooses
to accept the mercy of the Personality of Godhead, the jiva soul is anusayi,
helplessly bound up in the embrace of illusion. (SB 10.87.50)
“Thus the
conditioned living entity is forced to experience repeated birth and death.
Impelled by the reactions of his own activities, he helplessly wanders from one
inauspicious situation to another, suffering from the moment of creation until
the time of cosmic annihilation.” (SB 11.3.7)
A sober person,
even when harassed by other living beings, should understand that his
aggressors are acting helplessly under the control of God, and thus he should
never be distracted from progress on his own path. This rule I have learned
from the earth. (SB 11.7.37)
Elephants are
captured in the jungle in the following way. A large hole is dug and then
covered over with grass, leaves, mud and so on. Then a she-elephant is
exhibited in front of the male elephant, who chases after her with lusty
desire, falls into the hole and is captured. The lesson to be learned from the
elephant is that the desire to relish the touch sensation is certainly the
cause of ruining one's life. An intelligent person, noting the elephant's great
propensity to sport with the she-elephant, will take this excellent example to
heart. Therefore, somehow or other one should avoid being cheated by allurement
to the sensuous form of woman. One should not allow one's mind to be lost in
lusty dreams of sex pleasure. There are various types of sense gratification to
be enjoyed between men and women, including speaking, contemplating, touching,
sexual intercourse, etc., and all of these constitute the network of illusion
by which one is helplessly bound like an animal. Somehow or other one should
remain aloof from sense gratification in the form of sex pleasure; otherwise,
there is no possibility of understanding the spiritual world. (SB 11.8.13)
The mind is always
concocting objects for happiness. I am always thinking, "This will make me
happy," or "That will make me happy. Happiness is here. Happiness is
there." In this way the mind is taking us anywhere and everywhere. It is
as though we are riding on a chariot behind an unbridled horse. We have no
power over where we are going but can only sit in horror and watch helplessly.
As soon as the mind is engaged in the Krishna consciousness
process—specifically by chanting Hare Krishna, Hare Krishna, Krishna Krishna,
Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare—then the wild horses of
the mind will gradually come under our control. (On the Way to Krishna ch 1.
Throughway to Happiness)
149. (S): A yogi
controls the mind by selecting and rejecting thoughts that are being
automatically created by chitta and not by generating other thoughts.
150. (T): The
spiritual body also has mind, intelligence and ego. These have their thinking,
feeling and willing according to the nitya-svarupa, one’s eternal form.
Then there is
mattah smrtir jnanam apohanam from the ista-deva– one’s worshipable God form,
in and outside the soul.
Then there is the
nama-rupa, the name form or person or name of the istadeva one focuses on in
dhyana– meditation or japa– the recitation of the name.
These generate
content for the consciousness, apart from the generations of the material
elements.
150a. (T):
Conclusion. God is never imperfect, and struggling with us for a better
material world. He has got so many energies, subtle energies that He appears to
be doing nothing. Krishna is in Vrindavana. He is playing as cowherds boy, or
He is dancing with the cowherds girls, or He is going to the pasturing ground
with the cows as if He has nothing as work to do. He is free. Why He is free?
Because He has got so many energies to act that He hasn't got to see personally
whether things are being done or not done. God, Krishna, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead is in the spiritual world, far away from the
prison-house of the material world. Even His expansions for creating,
maintaining and destroying the material world are turiya – transcendental - to
matter. If you become Krishna conscious, then she is Radharani. And if you are
not Krishna conscious, she is Durga.
